TW202323231A - Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202323231A
TW202323231A TW111136819A TW111136819A TW202323231A TW 202323231 A TW202323231 A TW 202323231A TW 111136819 A TW111136819 A TW 111136819A TW 111136819 A TW111136819 A TW 111136819A TW 202323231 A TW202323231 A TW 202323231A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
represented
sensitive
radiation
atom
Prior art date
Application number
TW111136819A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
渋谷愛菜
小島雅史
後藤研由
白川三千紘
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202323231A publication Critical patent/TW202323231A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/26Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a compound (N) containing a cation having a specific substituent, and a resin (A) that decomposes under the action of acid and increases in polarity; a resist film that uses the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition with which a pattern having an excellent pattern shape can be formed in ultra-fine pattern formation by a pattern formation method and an electronic device manufacturing method; a resist film that uses the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; a pattern formation method; and an electronic device manufacturing method.

Description

感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、光阻膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件的製造方法Actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, photoresist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device

本發明涉及感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、光阻膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件的製造方法。更具體而言,本發明涉及能夠適用於超LSI(Large Scale Integration,大規模積體電路)及高容量微晶片的製造製程、奈米壓印模具製作製程以及高密度資訊記錄介質的製造製程等的超微影製程、以及適宜用於其他感光蝕刻加工製程的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物、使用上述感光化射線性或感放射線性組成物的光阻膜、圖案形成方法、及電子器件的製造方法。The present invention relates to an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a photoresist film, a method for forming a pattern, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device. More specifically, the present invention relates to manufacturing processes applicable to super LSI (Large Scale Integration, large-scale integrated circuits) and high-capacity microchips, manufacturing processes of nanoimprint molds, and manufacturing processes of high-density information recording media, etc. Ultralithography process, as well as actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition suitable for other photosensitive etching processes, photoresist film using the above-mentioned actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition, pattern forming method, and Methods of manufacturing electronic devices.

以往,在IC(Integrated Circuits)、LSI等半導體器件的製造製程中,藉由使用了光阻組成物的光刻術進行微細加工。近年來,隨著積體電路的高積體化,要求形成次微米區域或四分之一微米區域的超微細圖案。伴隨於此,曝光波長亦自g射線向i射線、進而向KrF準分子雷射光等,呈現短波長化之趨勢,目前已開發出以波長為193nm的ArF準分子雷射作為光源的曝光機。又,作為進一步提高解析力之技術,正在開發在投影透鏡與試樣之間充滿高折射率之液體(以下亦稱為「浸漬液」)的所謂液浸法。Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as ICs (Integrated Circuits) and LSIs, microfabrication has been performed by photolithography using photoresist compositions. In recent years, with the high integration of integrated circuits, it is required to form ultrafine patterns in the sub-micron region or the quarter-micron region. Accompanied by this, the exposure wavelength is also changing from g-rays to i-rays, and then to KrF excimer laser light, etc., showing a trend of shorter wavelengths. At present, an exposure machine using ArF excimer laser with a wavelength of 193nm as a light source has been developed. Also, as a technique for further improving the resolution, a so-called liquid immersion method is being developed in which a liquid with a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as "immersion liquid") is filled between the projection lens and the sample.

又,目前除了準分子雷射光之外,使用電子束(EB)、X射線、及極紫外線(EUV)等的光刻術也在開發中。伴隨於此,已開發出有效地感應各種放射線,並具有優異的感度及解析度的化學增幅型光阻組成物。In addition, photolithography using electron beams (EB), X-rays, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV) and the like are currently being developed in addition to excimer laser light. Along with this, a chemically amplified photoresist composition that effectively senses various radiations and has excellent sensitivity and resolution has been developed.

鎓鹽經常用於光阻組成物等的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物。例如,專利文獻1~5中記載了含有具有氟原子基團的鋶鹽的光阻組成物。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] Onium salts are often used in actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions such as photoresist compositions. For example, Patent Documents 1 to 5 describe photoresist compositions containing a columium salt having a fluorine atom group. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Document]

專利文獻1:國際公開第2021/039244號 專利文獻2:日本特開2018-158892號公報 專利文獻3:日本特開2020-15716號公報 專利文獻4:日本特開2012-136511號公報 專利文獻5:日本特開2010-120924號公報 Patent Document 1: International Publication No. 2021/039244 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-158892 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020-15716 Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-136511 Patent Document 5: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-120924

[發明所欲解決之課題] 近年來,正在進行所形成的圖案的微細化,例如,在形成線寬為14nm以下的1:1線與空間圖案等極微細的圖案的情況下,也要求形成優良的形狀(圖案的截面形狀為矩形或接近矩形的形狀)的圖案。 [Problem to be Solved by the Invention] In recent years, the miniaturization of the formed pattern is progressing. For example, in the case of forming an extremely fine pattern such as a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 14 nm or less, it is also required to form an excellent shape (the cross-sectional shape of the pattern is a rectangular or nearly rectangular shape).

本發明的課題在於提供一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其能夠在極微細(例如,線寬為14nm以下的1:1線與空間圖案等)的圖案形成中形成圖案形狀優異的圖案。 又,本發明的課題在於提供一種使用上述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的光阻膜、圖案形成方法及電子器件的製造方法。 [解決課題之手段] The object of the present invention is to provide an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming an extremely fine pattern (for example, a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 14 nm or less), which is excellent in pattern shape picture of. Also, the object of the present invention is to provide a photoresist film using the above-mentioned actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a method for forming a pattern, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device. [Means to solve the problem]

本發明人等發現藉由以下的構成能夠實現上述課題。The inventors of the present invention found that the above-mentioned subject can be achieved by the following configuration.

[1] 一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其含有: 含有選自由下述通式(N1)表示的陽離子和由下述通式(N2)表示的陽離子所組成的群組中的至少一種的化合物(N);以及 藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大的樹脂(A)。 [1] An actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, which contains: a compound (N) containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a cation represented by the following general formula (N1) and a cation represented by the following general formula (N2); and Resin (A) whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of acid.

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
[chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
[chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003

通式(N1)及通式(N2)中, Ar N1和Ar N3分別獨立地表示構成芳香環中的至少一個碳原子上鍵結有至少一個由下述通式(N3)表示的取代基的芳香族基。 Ar N2表示具有選自由有機基和鹵素原子所組成的群組中的至少一種作為取代基的芳香族基。其中,Ar N2是與Ar N1不同的基團。 R N1和R N2分別獨立地表示有機基。 k1+k2+k3為3,k1表示1~3的整數,k2表示0~2的整數,k3表示0或1。其中,當k1表示1時,k2表示1或2。 Ar N1、Ar N2和R N1中的至少兩個可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環。 存在複數個Ar N1時,複數個Ar N1可以相同,亦可以不同。 存在複數個Ar N2時,複數個Ar N2可以相同,亦可以不同。 k4+k5為2,k4表示1或2,k5表示0或1。 存在複數個Ar N3時,複數個Ar N3可以相同,亦可以不同。 Ar N3和R N2、或兩個Ar N3可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環。 In the general formula (N1) and the general formula (N2), Ar N1 and Ar N3 independently represent at least one substituent represented by the following general formula (N3) bonded to at least one carbon atom in the aromatic ring. Aromatic base. Ar N2 represents an aromatic group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of an organic group and a halogen atom. Wherein, Ar N2 is a group different from Ar N1 . R N1 and R N2 each independently represent an organic group. k1+k2+k3 is 3, k1 represents an integer of 1-3, k2 represents an integer of 0-2, and k3 represents 0 or 1. Wherein, when k1 represents 1, k2 represents 1 or 2. At least two of Ar N1 , Ar N2 and R N1 may be bonded by a single bond or a linker to form a ring. When a plurality of Ar N1 exists, the plurality of Ar N1 may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of Ar N2 , the plurality of Ar N2 may be the same or different. k4+k5 is 2, k4 represents 1 or 2, and k5 represents 0 or 1. When there are a plurality of Ar N3 , the plurality of Ar N3 may be the same or different. Ar N3 and R N2 , or two Ar N3 may be bonded by a single bond or a linker to form a ring.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image005
[chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005

通式(N3)中, Y N1表示氧原子或硫原子。 Z N1表示由以下通式(N4)或(N5)表示的基團。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N3), Y N1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Z N1 represents a group represented by the following general formula (N4) or (N5). *Indicates the bonding position.

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image007
[chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image007

通式(N4)中, R N3和R N4分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、氟化烷基或烷基,上述烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N4), R N3 and R N4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a fluorinated alkyl group or an alkyl group, and at least one -CH 2 - contained in the above-mentioned alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-. *Indicates the bonding position.

[化學式5]

Figure 02_image009
[chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image009

通式(N5)中, Rf N1表示全氟烷基。 R N5表示氟化烷基或烷基,上述烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代。 R N6表示氫原子、氟化烷基或烷基,上述烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代。 *表示鍵結位置。 [2] 如[1]所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述通式(N4)中的R N3表示氟原子或氟化烷基。 [3] 如[1]所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述通式(N5)中的R N5表示氟化烷基。 [4] 如[1]或[2]所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述通式(N3)中的Z N1表示由上述通式(N4)表示的基團。 [5] 如[1]至[4]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述通式(N1)中的Ar N2表示具有選自由鹵素原子和含有鹵素原子的有機基所組成的群組中的至少一個取代基的芳香族基。 [6] 如[1]至[5]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述通式(N1)中的Ar N2表示具有選自由氟原子和含有氟原子的有機基所組成的群組中的至少一個取代基的芳香族基。 [7] 如[1]至[6]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述化合物(N)含有至少一個由上述通式(N1)表示的陽離子。 [8] 如[1]至[7]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述通式(N1)和(N2)中的Ar N1和Ar N3分別獨立地表示由下述通式(N6)表示的基團。 In the general formula (N5), Rf N1 represents a perfluoroalkyl group. R N5 represents a fluorinated alkyl group or an alkyl group, and at least one -CH 2 - contained in the above-mentioned alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-. R N6 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorinated alkyl group or an alkyl group, and at least one -CH 2 - contained in the above-mentioned alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-. *Indicates the bonding position. [2] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein R N3 in the general formula (N4) represents a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group. [3] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein R N5 in the general formula (N5) represents a fluorinated alkyl group. [4] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein Z N1 in the above general formula (N3) represents a group represented by the above general formula (N4) . [5] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [4], wherein Ar N2 in the above-mentioned general formula (N1) represents a compound selected from halogen atoms and containing An aromatic group of at least one substituent in the group consisting of an organic group of a halogen atom. [6] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of [1] to [5], wherein Ar N2 in the above-mentioned general formula (N1) represents a group consisting of fluorine atoms and An aromatic group of at least one substituent in the group consisting of organic groups of fluorine atoms. [7] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the above-mentioned compound (N) contains at least one cation represented by the above-mentioned general formula (N1) . [8] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein Ar N1 and Ar N3 in the above general formulas (N1) and (N2) are respectively independently represents a group represented by the following general formula (N6).

[化學式6]

Figure 02_image011
[chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image011

通式(N6)中, R N7~R N11分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基或由上述通式(N3)表示的取代基。其中,R N7~R N11中的至少一個表示由上述通式(N3)表示的取代基。 *表示鍵結位置。 [9] 如[1]至[8]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述化合物(N)具有選自由下述通式(N7)表示的基團、*-SO 3 -和*-CO 2 -所組成的群組中的至少一種。 In the general formula (N6), R N7 to R N11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a substituent represented by the above general formula (N3). However, at least one of R N7 to R N11 represents a substituent represented by the above general formula (N3). *Indicates the bonding position. [9] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the compound (N) has a group selected from the group represented by the following general formula (N7): At least one of the group consisting of group, *-SO 3 - and *-CO 2 - .

[化學式7]

Figure 02_image013
[chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image013

L N1和L N2分別獨立地表示-SO 2-或-CO-。 *表示鍵結位置。 [10] 如[1]至[9]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,上述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物還含有溶劑且固體成分濃度為0.5~14.0質量%。 [11] 一種光阻膜,其使用[1]至[10]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成。 [12] 一種圖案形成方法,其包括: 使用[1]至[10]中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物在基板上形成光阻膜的製程; 曝光上述光阻膜的製程;以及 使用顯影劑對經曝光的上述光阻膜進行顯影的製程。 [13] 如[12]所述之圖案形成方法,其中,上述對該光阻膜進行曝光的製程是對上述光阻膜進行EUV曝光的製程。 [14] 一種電子器件的製造方法,其包括[12]或[13]所述之圖案形成方法。 [發明效果] L N1 and L N2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-. *Indicates the bonding position. [10] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the above-mentioned actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a solvent and a solid content The concentration is 0.5 to 14.0% by mass. [11] A photoresist film formed using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in any one of [1] to [10]. [12] A pattern forming method, comprising: using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in any one of [1] to [10] to form a photoresist film on a substrate; exposing the above-mentioned light The process of resisting film; and the process of developing the above-mentioned photoresist film exposed by developer. [13] The pattern forming method according to [12], wherein the process of exposing the photoresist film is a process of subjecting the photoresist film to EUV exposure. [14] A method of manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method described in [12] or [13]. [Invention effect]

根據本發明,能夠提供一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的製造方法,其能夠在極微細(例如,線寬為14nm以下的1:1線與空間圖案等)的圖案形成中形成圖案形狀優異的圖案。又,根據本發明,能夠提供一種使用上述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的光阻膜、圖案形成方法及電子器件的製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming an extremely fine pattern (for example, a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 14 nm or less, etc.) A pattern with excellent pattern shape. Also, according to the present invention, there can be provided a photoresist film using the above-mentioned actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a method for forming a pattern, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 以下所記載的構成要素的說明,有時係基於本發明之代表性實施態樣而進行,但本發明並不限定於該等實施態樣。 關於本說明書中的基團(原子團)的表述,只要不違背本發明之主旨,未記載取代及無取代之表述包括不具有取代基的基團,並且亦包括含有取代基的基團。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包括不具有取代基的烷基(無取代烷基),亦包括具有取代基的烷基(取代烷基)。又,本說明書中,所謂「有機基」,係指含有至少一個碳原子的基團。 作為取代基,若無特別指明,則較佳為一價的取代基。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to these embodiments. Regarding the expression of a group (atomic group) in this specification, as long as it does not deviate from the gist of the present invention, the expression not describing substitution and unsubstituted includes a group without a substituent and also includes a group containing a substituent. For example, the term "alkyl" includes not only an unsubstituted alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Also, in this specification, the term "organic group" refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom. As a substituent, unless otherwise specified, a monovalent substituent is preferable.

在本說明書中,「可以具有取代基」時的取代基的種類、取代基的位置及取代基的數量並無特別限定。取代基的數量可以為例如一個、兩個、三個或更複數個。作為取代基的例子,可舉出除氫原子之外的一價的非金屬原子團,例如,可以從以下取代基T中選擇。In the present specification, when "may have a substituent", the kind of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituent are not particularly limited. The number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three or more. Examples of substituents include monovalent non-metallic atomic groups other than hydrogen atoms, and can be selected from the following substituent T, for example.

(取代基T) 作為取代基T,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子等鹵素原子;甲氧基、乙氧基及叔丁氧基等烷氧基;苯氧基及對-甲苯氧基等芳氧基;甲氧基羰基、丁氧羰基及苯氧羰基等烷氧羰基;乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基及苯甲醯氧基等醯氧基;乙醯基、苯甲醯基、異丁醯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基及甲基草醯基等醯基;甲巰基及叔丁基硫烷基等烷基硫烷基;苯硫基丙基及對-甲苯基硫烷基等芳基巰基;烷基(例如,碳數1~10);環烷基(例如,碳數3~20);芳基(例如,碳數6~20);雜芳基;羥基;羧基;甲醯基;磺基;氰基;烷基胺基羰基;芳基胺基羰基;磺醯胺基;矽烷基;胺基;單烷基胺基;二烷基胺基;芳基胺基;硝基;甲醯基;以及此等之組合。 (substituent T) Examples of substituent T include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, and tert-butoxy; phenoxy, p-tolyloxy, etc. Aryloxy; Alkoxycarbonyl such as methoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl and phenoxycarbonyl; Acyloxy such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy and benzoyloxy; Acetyl, benzoyl, Acyl groups such as isobutyryl, acryl, methacryl, and methyl oxalyl; alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylmercapto and tert-butylsulfanyl; phenylthiopropyl and p-tolylsulfane Aryl mercapto group, etc.; alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1-10); cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3-20); aryl group (for example, carbon number 6-20); heteroaryl group; hydroxyl group; carboxyl group ;formyl;sulfo;cyano;alkylaminocarbonyl;arylaminocarbonyl;sulfonamide;silyl;amine;monoalkylamino;dialkylamino;arylamino ; nitro; formyl; and combinations thereof.

在本說明書中,「光化射線」或「放射線」例如係指汞燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X射線及電子束(EB:Electron Beam)。 在本說明書中,「光」係指光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,所謂「曝光」,只要沒有特別說明,不僅包括利用汞燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme ultraviolet)及X射線等進行的曝光,亦包括利用電子束及離子束等粒子束進行的描繪。 在本說明書中,所謂「~」係以含有在其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的含義來使用。 In this specification, "actinic ray" or "radiation" refers to, for example, the bright-line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams. (EB: Electron Beam). In this specification, "light" refers to actinic rays or radiation. In this specification, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV: Extreme ultraviolet), X-rays, etc., unless otherwise specified. Exposure also includes drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. In this specification, "-" is used in the meaning which includes the numerical value described before and after that as a lower limit and an upper limit.

在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,所表述的二價的連結基的鍵結方向不受限制。例如,在由「X-Y-Z」式表示的化合物中的Y為-COO-的情況下,Y可以為-CO-O-,亦可以為-O-CO-。上述化合物可以為「X-CO-O-Z」,亦可以為「X-O-CO-Z」。In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the bonding direction of the described divalent linking group is not limited. For example, when Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-. The above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".

在本說明書中,(甲基)丙烯酸酯表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯,(甲基)丙烯酸表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸。 在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)、數量平均分子量(Mn)及分散度(以下亦稱為「分子量分佈」。)(Mw/Mn),係以藉由利用GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)裝置(Tosoh公司製HLC-8120GPC)的GPC測定(溶媒:四氫呋喃,流量(樣品注入量):10μL,管柱:Tosoh公司製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M,管柱溫度:40℃,流速:1.0mL/分、檢測器:示差折射率檢測器(Refractive Index Detector))得到的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。 In this specification, (meth)acrylate means acrylate and methacrylate, and (meth)acryl means acrylic acid and methacryl. In this specification, weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn) and degree of dispersion (hereinafter also referred to as "molecular weight distribution") (Mw/Mn) are determined by using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection volume): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/ Points, detectors: differential refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector) obtained by the polystyrene conversion value to define.

在本說明書中,所謂酸解離常數(pKa)表示在水溶液中的pKa,具體而言,係使用下述軟體包1而將基於哈米特的取代基常數及公知文獻值的資料庫的值藉由計算求得的值。 軟體包1:Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 In this specification, the acid dissociation constant (pKa) means the pKa in an aqueous solution. Specifically, the following software package 1 is used to borrow the value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values. The value obtained by calculation. Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).

pKa亦藉由分子軌道計算法來求得。作為具體方法,可舉出藉由基於熱力學循環計算水溶液中的H +解離自由能來算出pKa的方法。關於H +解離自由能的計算方法,可以藉由例如DFT(密度泛函理論)來計算,除此以外的各種方法亦在文獻等中進行了報道,並不限定於此。再者,能夠實施DFT的軟體存在複數種,可舉出例如Gaussian16。 pKa was also obtained by molecular orbital calculation. As a specific method, there is a method of calculating pKa by calculating the H + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle. The calculation method of the H + dissociation free energy can be calculated by, for example, DFT (density functional theory), and various other methods have also been reported in literature and the like, and are not limited thereto. Furthermore, there are several types of software capable of implementing DFT, and one example is Gaussian16.

在本說明書中,所謂pKa,係指如上述所示使用軟體包1將基於哈米特的取代基常數及公知文獻值的資料庫的值藉由計算求得的值,但是,在藉由該方法不能算出pKa的情況下,採用基於DFT(密度泛函理論)藉由Gaussian16得到的值。 在本說明書中,pKa係指如上述所示「在水溶液中的pKa」,但是,在不能算出在水溶液中的pKa的情況下,採用「在二甲基亞碸(DMSO)溶液中的pKa」。 所謂「固體成分」,係指形成感光化射線性或感放射線性膜(典型地為光阻膜)的成分,不包括溶劑。又,只要係形成感光化射線性或感放射線性膜的成分,則即使其性狀為液體狀,也視為固體成分。 In this specification, the so-called pKa refers to the value obtained by calculation based on Hammett's substituent constant and the value of the database of known literature values using the software package 1 as described above. However, in this When the pKa cannot be calculated by the method, the value obtained by Gaussian16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is used. In this specification, pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution" as described above, but when pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) solution" is used. . The term "solid content" refers to components that form an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (typically a photoresist film), excluding solvents. In addition, as long as it is a component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, even if its property is liquid, it is regarded as a solid component.

以下,將對本發明進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.

[感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物] 本發明的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組合物(以下亦稱為「本發明的組合物」)含有:含有選自由下述通式(N1)表示的陽離子和由下述通式(N2)表示的陽離子所組成的群組中的至少一種的化合物(N)、以及藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大的樹脂(A)。 [Actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition] The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as "the composition of the present invention") contains: a cation selected from the following general formula (N1) and represented by the following general formula (N2 ) at least one compound (N) in the group consisting of cations represented by ), and a resin (A) whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid.

[化學式8]

Figure 02_image001
[chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image001

[化學式9]

Figure 02_image003
[chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image003

通式(N1)及(N2)中, Ar N1和Ar N3分別獨立地表示構成芳香環中的至少一個碳原子上鍵結有至少一個由下述通式(N3)表示的取代基的芳香族基。 Ar N2表示具有選自由有機基和鹵素原子所組成的群組中的至少一種作為取代基的芳香族基。其中,Ar N2是與Ar N1不同的基團。 R N1和R N2分別獨立地表示有機基。 k1+k2+k3為3,k1表示1~3的整數,k2表示0~2的整數,k3表示0或1。其中,當k1表示1時,k2表示1或2。 Ar N1、Ar N2和R N1中的至少兩個可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環。 存在複數個Ar N1時,複數個Ar N1可以相同,亦可以不同。 存在複數個Ar N2時,複數個Ar N2可以相同,亦可以不同。 k4+k5為2,k4表示1或2,k5表示0或1。 存在複數個Ar N3時,複數個Ar N3可以相同,亦可以不同。 Ar N3和R N2、或兩個Ar N3可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環。 In the general formulas (N1) and (N2), Ar N1 and Ar N3 each independently represent an aromatic ring having at least one substituent represented by the following general formula (N3) bonded to at least one carbon atom constituting the aromatic ring. base. Ar N2 represents an aromatic group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of an organic group and a halogen atom. Wherein, Ar N2 is a group different from Ar N1 . R N1 and R N2 each independently represent an organic group. k1+k2+k3 is 3, k1 represents an integer of 1-3, k2 represents an integer of 0-2, and k3 represents 0 or 1. Wherein, when k1 represents 1, k2 represents 1 or 2. At least two of Ar N1 , Ar N2 and R N1 may be bonded by a single bond or a linker to form a ring. When a plurality of Ar N1 exists, the plurality of Ar N1 may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of Ar N2 , the plurality of Ar N2 may be the same or different. k4+k5 is 2, k4 represents 1 or 2, and k5 represents 0 or 1. When there are a plurality of Ar N3 , the plurality of Ar N3 may be the same or different. Ar N3 and R N2 , or two Ar N3 may be bonded by a single bond or a linker to form a ring.

[化學式10]

Figure 02_image005
[chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image005

通式(N3)中, Y N1表示氧原子或硫原子。 Z N1表示由以下通式(N4)或(N5)表示的基團。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N3), Y N1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Z N1 represents a group represented by the following general formula (N4) or (N5). *Indicates the bonding position.

[化學式11]

Figure 02_image007
[chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image007

通式(N4)中, R N3和R N4分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、氟化烷基或烷基。烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N4), R N3 and R N4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a fluorinated alkyl group or an alkyl group. At least one -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-. *Indicates the bonding position.

[化學式12]

Figure 02_image009
[chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image009

通式(N5)中, Rf N1表示全氟烷基。 R N5表示氟化烷基或烷基。烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代。 R N6表示氫原子、氟化烷基或烷基。烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N5), Rf N1 represents a perfluoroalkyl group. R N5 represents a fluorinated alkyl or alkyl group. At least one -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-. R N6 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorinated alkyl group or an alkyl group. At least one -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-. *Indicates the bonding position.

本發明的組成物典型地為光阻組成物,可以是正型光阻組成物,亦可以是負型光阻組成物。光阻組成物可以為鹼性顯影用光阻組成物,亦可以為有機溶劑顯影用光阻組成物。本發明的組成物可以是化學增幅型光阻組成物或非化學增幅型光阻組成物。本發明的組成物較佳為化學增幅型光阻組成物。 使用本發明的組成物形成的膜是感光化射線性或感放射線性膜,典型地為光阻膜。 The composition of the present invention is typically a photoresist composition, which can be a positive photoresist composition or a negative photoresist composition. The photoresist composition can be a photoresist composition for alkaline development, or a photoresist composition for organic solvent development. The composition of the present invention can be a chemically amplified photoresist composition or a non-chemically amplified photoresist composition. The composition of the present invention is preferably a chemically amplified photoresist composition. The film formed using the composition of the present invention is an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, typically a photoresist film.

根據本發明的組成物能夠在極微細圖案(例如線寬為14nm以下的1:1線與空間圖案等)的圖案形成中形成具有優異的圖案形狀的圖案的原因未被詳細闡明,但本發明人等推測如下。 本發明的組成物中所含的化合物(N)含有具有由通式(N3)表示的取代基的陽離子。由通式(N3)表示的取代基具有Z N1(通式(N4)或(N5)表示的基團)與Y N1(氧原子或硫原子)鍵結的結構,電子吸引性高。結果,認為化合物(N)的中心原子(硫原子或碘原子)的電子密度降低,化合物(N)與樹脂(A)可能具有的酸基或從典型地用於光阻組成物的光酸產生劑(例如,化合物(N)或後述的光酸產生劑(B))產生的酸的相互作用得到改善,酸擴散性受到抑制,因此能夠在極細微圖案的形成中形成圖案形狀優異的圖案。 進一步地,由通式(N3)表示的取代基具有極高的疏水性,因此化合物(N)與樹脂(A)的相溶性也優異。其結果,認為化合物(N)均勻地分佈在藉由本發明的組成物形成的光阻膜中,能夠在極微細圖案的形成中形成圖案形狀優異的圖案。 The reason why the composition according to the present invention can form a pattern having an excellent pattern shape in the pattern formation of an ultrafine pattern (for example, a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 14 nm or less, etc.) has not been elucidated in detail, but the present invention et al. speculate as follows. The compound (N) contained in the composition of the present invention contains a cation having a substituent represented by the general formula (N3). The substituent represented by the general formula (N3) has a structure in which Z N1 (group represented by the general formula (N4) or (N5)) is bonded to Y N1 (an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom), and has high electron attraction. As a result, it is considered that the electron density of the central atom (sulfur atom or iodine atom) of the compound (N) decreases, and the acid group that the compound (N) and the resin (A) may have or is generated from a photoacid typically used in a photoresist composition The interaction of acids generated by agents (for example, compound (N) or a photoacid generator (B) described later) is improved and the acid diffusibility is suppressed, so it is possible to form a pattern with excellent pattern shape in the formation of ultrafine patterns. Furthermore, since the substituent represented by the general formula (N3) has extremely high hydrophobicity, the compatibility between the compound (N) and the resin (A) is also excellent. As a result, it is considered that the compound (N) is uniformly distributed in the photoresist film formed from the composition of the present invention, and it is possible to form a pattern having an excellent pattern shape in the formation of an ultrafine pattern.

<化合物(N)> 化合物(N)是含有選自由通式(N1)表示的陽離子(鋶離子)和由通式(N2)表示的陽離子(碘離子)所組成的群組中的至少一種的化合物。 選自由通式(N1)表示的陽離子和由通式(N2)表示的陽離子所組成的群組中的陽離子也稱為「特定陽離子」。 化合物(N)較佳為含有至少一種由通式(N1)表示的陽離子。 除了至少一種特定陽離子之外,化合物(N)較佳為還含有陰離子。 又,化合物(N)除了至少一種特定陽離子外,還可以含有其他的陽離子。 取決於陰離子的類型,化合物(N)可以用作光酸產生劑或酸擴散控制劑(猝滅劑)。 <Compound (N)> The compound (N) is a compound containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cations represented by the general formula (N1) (Cerium ions) and cations represented by the general formula (N2) (Iodide ions). The cations selected from the group consisting of the cations represented by the general formula (N1) and the cations represented by the general formula (N2) are also referred to as “specific cations”. The compound (N) preferably contains at least one cation represented by the general formula (N1). Compound (N) preferably also contains anions in addition to at least one specific cation. In addition, the compound (N) may contain other cations in addition to at least one specific cation. Depending on the type of anion, the compound (N) can be used as a photoacid generator or an acid diffusion controller (quencher).

化合物(N)的分子量並無限定,可以是低分子化合物,亦可以是高分子化合物。 化合物(N)為低分子化合物時,化合物(N)的分子量較佳為200~3500,更佳為300~3000,進一步較佳為400~2500。 化合物(N)為高分子化合物時,化合物(N)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為3000~50000,更佳為4000~40000,進一步較佳為5000~30000。 化合物(N)為高分子化合物時,化合物(N)的分散度(分子量分佈,Mw/Mn)較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3,進一步較佳為1.2~3.0,特佳為1.2~2.0。 作為化合物(N)是高分子化合物的態樣,可舉出含有如下樹脂的態樣,其具有陰離子及選自由通式(N1)表示的陽離子和由通式(N2)表示的陽離子所組成的群組中的至少一種陽離子。 又,作為化合物(N)是高分子化合物的態樣,也可舉出含有陰離子和如下樹脂的態樣,該樹脂具有選自由通式(N1)表示的陽離子和由通式(N2)表示的陽離子所組成的群組中的至少一種陽離子。 The molecular weight of the compound (N) is not limited, and may be a low molecular weight compound or a high molecular weight compound. When the compound (N) is a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight of the compound (N) is preferably from 200 to 3500, more preferably from 300 to 3000, even more preferably from 400 to 2500. When the compound (N) is a polymer compound, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the compound (N) is preferably from 3,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 4,000 to 40,000, still more preferably from 5,000 to 30,000. When the compound (N) is a polymer compound, the degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution, Mw/Mn) of the compound (N) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, further preferably 1.2 to 3.0, particularly preferably 1.2~2.0. As an aspect in which the compound (N) is a polymer compound, an aspect containing a resin having an anion and a cation selected from the group consisting of the cation represented by the general formula (N1) and the cation represented by the general formula (N2) is mentioned. at least one cation in the group. In addition, as an aspect in which the compound (N) is a polymer compound, an aspect containing an anion and a resin having a cation selected from the group represented by the general formula (N1) and the compound represented by the general formula (N2) can also be mentioned. At least one cation in the group consisting of cations.

(通式(N1)表示的陽離子) 將描述由通式(N1)表示的陽離子。 (cation represented by general formula (N1)) The cation represented by the general formula (N1) will be described.

[化學式13]

Figure 02_image001
[chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image001

在通式(N1)中, Ar N1表示構成芳香環中的至少一個碳原子上鍵結有至少一個由通式(N3)表示的取代基的芳香族基。 Ar N2表示具有選自由有機基和鹵素原子所組成的群組中的至少一個作為取代基的芳香族基。 R N1表示有機基。 k1+k2+k3為3,k1表示1~3的整數,k2表示0~2的整數,k3表示0或1。其中,當k1表示1時,k2表示1或2。 Ar N1、Ar N2和R N1中的至少兩個可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環。 存在複數個Ar N1時,複數個Ar N1可以相同,亦可以不同。 存在複數個Ar N2時,複數個Ar N2可以相同,亦可以不同。 In the general formula (N1), Ar N1 represents an aromatic group having at least one substituent represented by the general formula (N3) bonded to at least one carbon atom constituting the aromatic ring. Ar N2 represents an aromatic group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of an organic group and a halogen atom. R N1 represents an organic group. k1+k2+k3 is 3, k1 represents an integer of 1-3, k2 represents an integer of 0-2, and k3 represents 0 or 1. Wherein, when k1 represents 1, k2 represents 1 or 2. At least two of Ar N1 , Ar N2 and R N1 may be bonded by a single bond or a linker to form a ring. When a plurality of Ar N1 exists, the plurality of Ar N1 may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of Ar N2 , the plurality of Ar N2 may be the same or different.

Ar N1表示的芳香族基可以是芳香族烴基或芳香族雜環基。 The aromatic group represented by Ar N1 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.

Ar N1表示的芳香族烴基(芳基)可以是單環芳基,亦可以是多環芳基。芳香族烴基可以具有取代基。作為芳香族烴基,較佳為碳數6~20的芳基,更佳為碳數6~10的芳基,例如,可舉出苯基、萘基、蒽基等、較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group (aryl group) represented by Ar N1 may be a monocyclic aromatic group or a polycyclic aromatic group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbons, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbons, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, etc., preferably phenyl or Naphthyl, more preferably phenyl.

Ar N1所表示的芳香族雜環基較佳為含有選自由氮原子、硫原子和氧原子所組成的群組中的至少一個雜原子的芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基可以是單環芳香族雜環基,亦可以是多環芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基可以具有取代基。作為芳香族烴基,較佳為碳數2~20的芳香族烴基,更佳為碳數3~10的芳香族烴基。 The aromatic heterocyclic group represented by Ar N1 is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen atom, sulfur atom and oxygen atom. The aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.

構成Ar N1所表示的芳香族基的芳香環的碳原子中的至少一個上鍵結有至少一個由通式(N3)表示的取代基。 At least one substituent represented by the general formula (N3) is bonded to at least one of the carbon atoms constituting the aromatic ring of the aromatic group represented by Ar N1 .

[化學式14]

Figure 02_image005
[chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image005

通式(N3)中, Y N1表示氧原子或硫原子。 Z N1表示由通式(N4)或(N5)表示的基團。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N3), Y N1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Z N1 represents a group represented by general formula (N4) or (N5). *Indicates the bonding position.

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image007
[chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image007

通式(N4)中, R N3和R N4分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、氟化烷基或烷基。烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N4), R N3 and R N4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a fluorinated alkyl group or an alkyl group. At least one -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-. *Indicates the bonding position.

[化學式16]

Figure 02_image009
[chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image009

通式(N5)中, Rf N1表示全氟烷基。 R N5表示氟化烷基或烷基。烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代。 R N6表示氫原子、氟化烷基或烷基。烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N5), Rf N1 represents a perfluoroalkyl group. R N5 represents a fluorinated alkyl or alkyl group. At least one -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-. R N6 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorinated alkyl group or an alkyl group. At least one -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-. *Indicates the bonding position.

通式(N3)中的Y N1較佳為表示氧原子。 Y N1 in the general formula (N3) preferably represents an oxygen atom.

通式(N4)中的R N3和R N4分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、氟化烷基或烷基。 R N3 and R N4 in the general formula (N4) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a fluorinated alkyl group or an alkyl group.

由R N3和R N4表示的氟化烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。氟化烷基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~8,進一步較佳為1~5,特佳為1~4。氟化烷基可以是烷基中的一些氫原子被氟原子取代的氟化烷基,或者可以是全氟烷基,較佳為全氟烷基。 氟化烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如可舉出如上所述的取代基T(其中,不包括氟原子。)。當取代基為有機基時,有機基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~8,進一步較佳為1~5,特佳為1~4。 The fluorinated alkyl groups represented by R N3 and R N4 may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the fluorinated alkyl group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-8, further preferably 1-5, particularly preferably 1-4. The fluorinated alkyl group may be a fluorinated alkyl group in which some of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are replaced by fluorine atoms, or may be a perfluoroalkyl group, preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. The fluorinated alkyl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, the above-mentioned substituent T (however, fluorine atom is not included.) is mentioned, for example. When the substituent is an organic group, the carbon number of the organic group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-8, further preferably 1-5, particularly preferably 1-4.

由R N3和R N4表示的烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~8,進一步較佳為1~5,特佳為1~4。作為烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、叔丁基等。 烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如可舉出如上所述的取代基T(其中,不包括氟原子。)。當取代基為有機基時,有機基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~8,進一步較佳為1~5,特佳為1~4。作為取代基的較佳實例,可舉出烷氧基。 The alkyl groups represented by R N3 and R N4 may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-8, further preferably 1-5, particularly preferably 1-4. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl and the like. An alkyl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, the above-mentioned substituent T (however, fluorine atom is not included.) is mentioned, for example. When the substituent is an organic group, the carbon number of the organic group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-8, further preferably 1-5, particularly preferably 1-4. An alkoxy group is mentioned as a preferable example of a substituent.

通式(N4)中的R N3較佳為表示氟原子或氟化烷基,更佳為表示氟原子或碳數1~5的氟化烷基,進一步較佳為表示氟原子或碳數1~4的氟化烷基。 R N3 in the general formula (N4) preferably represents a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group, more preferably represents a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group with 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and further preferably represents a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group with a carbon number of 1 ~4 fluorinated alkyl groups.

通式(N5)中的Rf N1表示全氟烷基。 由Rf N1表示的全氟烷基可以以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。全氟烷基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~8,進一步較佳為1~5,特佳為1~4。 Rf N1 in the general formula (N5) represents a perfluoroalkyl group. The perfluoroalkyl group represented by Rf N1 may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the perfluoroalkyl group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-8, further preferably 1-5, particularly preferably 1-4.

通式(N5)中R N5和R N6表示的氟化烷基和烷基的描述、具體例及較佳範圍分別與關於由通式(N4)中R N3和R N4表示的氟化烷基和烷基所描述的相同。 The description, specific examples and preferred ranges of the fluorinated alkyl and alkyl represented by R N5 and R N6 in the general formula (N5) are respectively related to the fluorinated alkyl represented by R N3 and R N4 in the general formula (N4) Same as described for alkyl.

通式(N5)中的R N5較佳為表示氟化烷基。 通式(N5)中的Rf N1和R N5分別獨立地、較佳為表示具有碳數1~5的全氟烷基,更佳為表示具有碳數1~4的全氟烷基。 R N5 in the general formula (N5) preferably represents a fluorinated alkyl group. Rf N1 and R N5 in the general formula (N5) each independently preferably represent a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably represent a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

通式(N1)中的Ar N1較佳為表示由下述通式(N6)表示的基團。 Ar N1 in the general formula (N1) preferably represents a group represented by the following general formula (N6).

[化學式17]

Figure 02_image011
[chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image011

通式(N6)中, R N7~R N11分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基或由通式(N3)表示的取代基。其中,R N7~R N11中的至少一個表示由通式(N3)表示的取代基。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N6), R N7 to R N11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a substituent represented by the general formula (N3). However, at least one of R N7 to R N11 represents a substituent represented by the general formula (N3). *Indicates the bonding position.

由R N7~R N11表示的鹵素原子較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子,更佳為氟原子。 由R N7~R N11表示的烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~8,進一步較佳為1~5,特佳為1~3。作為烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、叔丁基等。烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如可舉出如上所述的取代基T。 由R N7~R N11表示的烷氧基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。烷氧基的碳數較佳為1~12,更佳為1~8,進一步較佳為1~5,特佳為1~3。作為烷氧基,例如可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基等。烷氧基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如可舉出如上所述的取代基T。 The halogen atom represented by R N7 to R N11 is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom. The alkyl groups represented by R N7 to R N11 may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-8, further preferably 1-5, particularly preferably 1-3. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl and the like. An alkyl group may have a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent T mentioned above is mentioned, for example. The alkoxy groups represented by R N7 to R N11 may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-8, further preferably 1-5, particularly preferably 1-3. As an alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group etc. are mentioned, for example. An alkoxy group may have a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent T mentioned above is mentioned, for example.

為了圖案形狀更優異,通式(N3)中的Z N1較佳為表示由通式(N4)表示的基團。 In order to have a better pattern shape, Z N1 in the general formula (N3) preferably represents a group represented by the general formula (N4).

通式(N1)中的Ar N2表示具有選自由有機基和鹵素原子所組成的群組中的至少一個作為取代基的芳香族基。 Ar N2 in the general formula (N1) represents an aromatic group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of an organic group and a halogen atom.

由Ar N2表示的芳香族基可以是芳香族烴基或芳香族雜環基。 The aromatic group represented by Ar N2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.

Ar N2表示的芳香族烴基(芳基)可以是單環芳基,亦可以是多環芳基。芳香族烴基可以具有取代基。作為芳香族烴基,較佳為碳數6~20的芳基,更佳為碳數6~10的芳基,例如,可舉出苯基、萘基、蒽基等、較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group (aryl group) represented by Ar N2 may be a single-ring aromatic group or a polycyclic aromatic group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbons, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbons, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, etc., preferably phenyl or Naphthyl, more preferably phenyl.

Ar N2所表示的芳香族雜環基較佳為含有選自由氮原子、硫原子和氧原子所組成的群組中的至少一個雜原子的芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基可以是單環芳香族雜環基,亦可以是多環芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基可以具有取代基。作為芳香族烴基,較佳為碳數2~20的芳香族烴基,更佳為碳數3~10的芳香族烴基。 The aromatic heterocyclic group represented by Ar N2 is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen atom, sulfur atom and oxygen atom. The aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.

Ar N2表示的芳香族基具有選自由有機基和鹵素原子所組成的群組中的至少一種作為取代基。 上述鹵素原子較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子,更佳為氟原子。 上述有機基的碳數較佳為1~15,更佳為1~10。上述有機基沒有特別限定,較佳為烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷基羰基氧基、芳基羰基氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、或芳氧基羰基,更佳為烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基或芳基羰基氧基。若可能,此等取代基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如可舉出如上所述的取代基T,較佳為鹵素原子,更佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子,進一步較佳為氟原子。 The aromatic group represented by Ar N2 has at least one selected from the group consisting of organic groups and halogen atoms as a substituent. The aforementioned halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom or iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms in the organic group is preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10. The aforementioned organic groups are not particularly limited, but are preferably alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, acyl, alkoxycarbonyl , or aryloxycarbonyl, more preferably alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy or arylcarbonyloxy. These substituents may have substituents, if possible. As a substituent, for example, the substituent T mentioned above is mentioned, Preferably it is a halogen atom, More preferably, it is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, More preferably, it is a fluorine atom.

通式(N1)中的Ar N2較佳為表示具有選自由鹵素原子和含有鹵素原子的有機基所組成的群組中的至少一種作為取代基的芳香族基,更佳為表示具有選自由氟原子和含有氟原子的有機基所組成的群組中的至少一種作為取代基的芳香族基。 Ar N2 in the general formula (N1) preferably represents an aromatic group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an organic group containing a halogen atom, more preferably represents an aromatic group selected from the group consisting of fluorine At least one aromatic group as a substituent from the group consisting of atoms and organic groups containing fluorine atoms.

通式(N1)中的R N1表示有機基。 R N1所表示的有機基的碳數較佳為1~15,更佳為1~10,進一步較佳為1~6。上述有機基沒有特別限定,較佳為烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷基羰基氧基、芳基羰基氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、或芳氧基羰基,更佳為烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基或芳基羰基氧基。上述有機基並無特別限定,較佳為烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、烷基羰基氧基、芳基羰基氧基、醯基、烷氧羰基或芳氧基羰基,更佳為烷基或芳基。烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。作為烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、叔丁基等。芳基可以為單環芳基,亦可以為多環芳基。作為芳基,例如可舉出苯基、萘基、蒽基等,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。雜環基可以是芳香族雜環基或非芳香族雜環基。雜環基較佳為5-員環基或6-員環基。雜環基還較佳為由5員環和5或6員環組成的稠環基。雜環基還較佳為由6元環和5或6元環組成的稠環基。芳香族雜環基(雜芳基)較佳為含有選自由氮原子、硫原子和氧原子所組成的群組中的至少一種雜原子的芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基中作為環員所含有的碳原子可以被氧代基(=O)取代。作為非芳香族雜環基(脂肪族雜環基),較佳為含有選自由氮原子、硫原子和氧原子所組成的群組中的至少一種雜原子的非芳香族雜環基。非芳香族雜環基中作為環員所包含的碳原子可以被氧代基(=O)取代。 由R N1表示的有機基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如可舉出如上所述的取代基T。 R N1 in the general formula (N1) represents an organic group. The carbon number of the organic group represented by R N1 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10, further preferably 1-6. The aforementioned organic groups are not particularly limited, but are preferably alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, acyl, alkoxycarbonyl , or aryloxycarbonyl, more preferably alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy or arylcarbonyloxy. The aforementioned organic groups are not particularly limited, and are preferably alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroepoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyl Oxy, acyl, alkoxycarbonyl or aryloxycarbonyl, more preferably alkyl or aryl. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl and the like. The aryl group may be a monocyclic aryl group or a polycyclic aryl group. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl and the like, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, more preferably phenyl. The heterocyclic group may be an aromatic heterocyclic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring group or a 6-membered ring group. The heterocyclic group is also preferably a condensed ring group consisting of a 5-membered ring and a 5- or 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group is also preferably a condensed ring group composed of a 6-membered ring and a 5- or 6-membered ring. The aromatic heterocyclic group (heteroaryl group) is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen atom, sulfur atom and oxygen atom. A carbon atom contained as a ring member in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be substituted with an oxo group (=O). The non-aromatic heterocyclic group (aliphatic heterocyclic group) is preferably a non-aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom. Carbon atoms included as ring members in the non-aromatic heterocyclic group may be substituted with an oxo group (=O). The organic group represented by R N1 may have a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent T mentioned above is mentioned, for example.

通式(N1)中的R N1可以表示構成聚合物鏈的重複單元。 R N1 in the general formula (N1) may represent a repeating unit constituting a polymer chain.

通式(N1)中,k1+k2+k3為3,k1表示1~3的整數,k2表示0~2的整數,k3表示0或1。其中,當k1表示1時,k2表示1或2。 k1較佳為表示2或3,更佳為表示3。 k2較佳為表示0或1,更佳為表示0。 k3較佳為表示0。 In general formula (N1), k1+k2+k3 is 3, k1 represents the integer of 1-3, k2 represents the integer of 0-2, and k3 represents 0 or 1. Wherein, when k1 represents 1, k2 represents 1 or 2. k1 preferably represents 2 or 3, more preferably represents 3. k2 preferably represents 0 or 1, more preferably represents 0. It is preferable that k3 represents 0.

Ar N1、Ar N2和R N1中的至少兩個可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環。 作為連結基,較佳為-O-、-CO-、-SO 2-、-S-、-SO-烴基(例如伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基、伸芳基等)、及將選自這些的兩種以上進行組合而形成的二價連結基,更佳為-CO-或-SO 2-。 At least two of Ar N1 , Ar N2 and R N1 may be bonded by a single bond or a linker to form a ring. As the linking group, preferably -O-, -CO-, -SO 2 -, -S-, -SO-hydrocarbyl (such as alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, arylylene, etc.), and The divalent linking group formed by combining two or more selected from these is more preferably -CO- or -SO 2 -.

(通式(N2)表示的陽離子) 對由通式(N2)表示的陽離子進行說明。 (Cations represented by general formula (N2)) The cation represented by the general formula (N2) will be described.

[化學式18]

Figure 02_image003
[chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image003

通式(N2)中, Ar N3表示構成芳香環的碳原子中的至少一個上鍵結有至少一個由上述通式(N3)表示的取代基的芳香族基。 R N2表示有機基。 k4+k5為2,k4表示1或2,k5表示0或1。 存在複數個Ar N3時,複數個Ar N3可以相同,亦可以不同。 Ar N3和R N2或兩個Ar N3可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環。 In the general formula (N2), Ar N3 represents an aromatic group having at least one substituent represented by the above general formula (N3) bonded to at least one of the carbon atoms constituting the aromatic ring. R N2 represents an organic group. k4+k5 is 2, k4 represents 1 or 2, and k5 represents 0 or 1. When there are a plurality of Ar N3 , the plurality of Ar N3 may be the same or different. Ar N3 and R N2 or two Ar N3 may be bonded by a single bond or a linking group to form a ring.

通式(N2)中的Ar N3的說明、具體例及較佳範圍與關於上述通式(N1)中的Ar N1所描述的相同。 The description, specific examples, and preferred ranges of Ar N3 in the general formula (N2) are the same as those described for Ar N1 in the above general formula (N1).

通式(N3)、(N4)和(N5)如上所述。The general formulas (N3), (N4) and (N5) are as described above.

通式(N2)中的Ar N3較佳為表示由上述通式(N6)表示的基團。 Ar N3 in the general formula (N2) preferably represents a group represented by the above general formula (N6).

通式(N2)中的R N2表示有機基。 R N2的說明、具體例、較佳範圍與關於上述通式(N1)中的R N1所描述的相同。 R N2 in the general formula (N2) represents an organic group. The description, specific examples, and preferred ranges of R N2 are the same as those described for R N1 in the above general formula (N1).

k4+k5為2,k4表示1或2,k5表示0或1。 k4較佳為表示2。 k5較佳為表示0。 k4+k5 is 2, k4 represents 1 or 2, and k5 represents 0 or 1. k4 preferably represents 2. It is preferable that k5 represents 0.

Ar N3和R N2或兩個Ar N3彼此可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環。 作為連結基,較佳為-O-、-CO-、-SO 2-、-S-、-SO-烴基(例如伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基、伸芳基等)、及將選自這些的兩種以上進行組合而形成的二價連結基,更佳為-CO-或-SO 2-。 Ar N3 and R N2 or two Ar N3 may be bonded to each other via a single bond or a linker to form a ring. As the linking group, preferably -O-, -CO-, -SO 2 -, -S-, -SO-hydrocarbyl (such as alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, arylylene, etc.), and The divalent linking group formed by combining two or more selected from these is more preferably -CO- or -SO 2 -.

特定陽離子可以具有酸分解性基。關於酸分解性基,與後述的樹脂(A)中的說明相同。一較佳態樣為,通式(N1)表示的陽離子和通式(N2)表示的陽離子不具有酸分解性基。The specific cation may have an acid decomposable group. About the acid-decomposable group, it is the same as that of the resin (A) mentioned later. In a preferable aspect, the cation represented by the general formula (N1) and the cation represented by the general formula (N2) do not have an acid decomposable group.

例如,可以藉由根據以下文獻的方法等來合成特定陽離子。 ・J.Org.Chem.,Vol.53,No.23,1988 ・Chemical Communications(2018),54(64),8810-8813 For example, specific cations can be synthesized by a method according to the following literature or the like. ・J.Org.Chem.,Vol.53,No.23,1988 ・Chemical Communications (2018), 54 (64), 8810-8813

下面列出特定陽離子的具體例,但本發明不限定於此。Specific examples of specific cations are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化學式19]

Figure 02_image024
[chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image024

[化學式20]

Figure 02_image026
[chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image026

[化學式21]

Figure 02_image028
[chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image028

[化學式22]

Figure 02_image030
[chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image030

[化學式23]

Figure 02_image032
[chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image032

化合物(N)較佳為具有選自由下述通式(N7)表示的基團、-SO 3 -和-CO 2 -所組成的群組中的至少一種。 化合物(N)含有特定陽離子和有機陰離子,有機陰離子較佳為具有選自由下述通式(N7)表示的基團、*-SO 3 -和*-CO 2 -所組成的群組中的至少一種。*表示鍵結位置。 The compound (N) preferably has at least one selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the following general formula (N7), -SO 3 - and -CO 2 - . The compound (N) contains a specific cation and an organic anion, and the organic anion preferably has at least one selected from the group represented by the following general formula (N7), *-SO 3 - and *-CO 2 A sort of. *Indicates the bonding position.

[化學式24]

Figure 02_image013
[chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image013

通式(N7)中, L N1和L N2分別獨立地表示-SO 2-或-CO-。 *表示鍵結位置。 In the general formula (N7), L N1 and L N2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-. *Indicates the bonding position.

(有機陰離子) 化合物(N)的一較佳態樣為,化合物(N)是由「M +X -」表示的化合物。 M +表示如上所述的特定陽離子。 X -表示有機陰離子。 作為有機陰離子,並無特別限制,可舉出一價或二價以上的有機陰離子。 作為有機陰離子,較佳為引起親核反應的能力顯著低的陰離子,更佳為非親核性陰離子。 (Organic anion) In a preferred aspect of the compound (N), the compound (N) is a compound represented by "M + X - ". M + denotes a specific cation as described above. X - represents an organic anion. The organic anion is not particularly limited, and monovalent or divalent or higher organic anions can be mentioned. As the organic anion, an anion having a remarkably low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction is preferable, and a non-nucleophilic anion is more preferable.

作為非親核性陰離子,可舉出例如磺酸根陰離子(脂肪族磺酸根陰離子、芳香族磺酸根陰離子及樟腦磺酸根陰離子等)、羧酸根陰離子(脂肪族羧酸根陰離子、芳香族羧酸根陰離子及芳烷基羧酸根陰離子等)、磺醯亞胺陰離子、雙(烷基磺醯)亞胺陰離子及三(烷基磺醯)甲基化物陰離子。Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, and camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, and aralkylcarboxylate anion, etc.), sulfonyl imide anion, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion.

脂肪族磺酸根陰離子及脂肪族羧酸根陰離子中的脂肪族部位可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基,亦可以為環烷基,較佳為碳數1~30的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、或者碳數3~30的環烷基。 上述烷基可以為例如氟烷基(可以具有除氟原子以外的取代基。可以為全氟烷基)。 The aliphatic part in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion can be a linear or branched alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a straight chain or branched group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms. A chain alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. The above-mentioned alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. It may be a perfluoroalkyl group).

作為芳香族磺酸根陰離子及芳香族羧酸根陰離子中的芳基,較佳為碳數6~14的芳基,可舉出例如苯基、甲苯基及萘基。The aryl group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and the aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyl, tolyl, and naphthyl.

上述所舉出的烷基、環烷基及芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,並無特別限制,可舉出例如:硝基、氟原子及氯原子等鹵素原子;羧基、羥基、胺基、氰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基(較佳為碳數1~10)、環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~14)、烷氧羰基(較佳為碳數2~7)、醯基(較佳為碳數2~12)、烷氧羰基氧基(較佳為碳數2~7)、烷硫基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基亞胺基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~15)及芳氧基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~20)。The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group mentioned above may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include halogen atoms such as nitro groups, fluorine atoms, and chlorine atoms; carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), Alkyl (preferably 1-10 carbons), cycloalkyl (preferably 3-15 carbons), aryl (preferably 6-14 carbons), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably 2 carbons ~7), acyl (preferably 2-12 carbons), alkoxycarbonyloxy (preferably 2-7 carbons), alkylthio (preferably 1-15 carbons), alkylsulfonyl Acyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).

作為芳烷基羧酸根陰離子中的芳烷基,較佳為碳數7~14的芳烷基。 作為碳數7~14的芳烷基,可舉出例如苯甲基、苯乙基、萘甲基、萘乙基及萘丁基。 The aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms include benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group and naphthylbutyl group.

作為磺醯亞胺陰離子,可舉出例如糖精陰離子。Examples of the sulfonimide anion include saccharin anion.

作為雙(烷基磺醯)亞胺陰離子及三(烷基磺醯)甲基化物陰離子中的烷基,較佳為碳數1~5的烷基。作為此等烷基的取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、被鹵素原子取代的烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷氧基磺醯基、芳氧基磺醯基及環烷基芳氧基磺醯基,較佳為氟原子或被氟原子取代的烷基。 又,雙(烷基磺醯)亞胺陰離子中的烷基可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。藉此,酸強度增加。 The alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and the tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of substituents of these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted by halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkoxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxy groups. A sulfonyl group is preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted by a fluorine atom. In addition, the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Thereby, the acid strength increases.

作為其他非親核性陰離子,可舉出例如氟化磷(例如PF 6 -)、氟化硼(例如BF 4 -)及氟化銻(例如SbF 6 -)。 Examples of other non-nucleophilic anions include phosphorus fluoride (eg, PF 6 - ), boron fluoride (eg, BF 4 - ), and antimony fluoride (eg, SbF 6 - ).

作為非親核性陰離子,較佳為磺酸的至少α位被氟原子取代的脂肪族磺酸根陰離子、被氟原子或具有氟原子的基團取代的芳香族磺酸根陰離子、烷基被氟原子取代的雙(烷基磺醯)亞胺陰離子、或者烷基被氟原子取代的三(烷基磺醯)甲基化物陰離子。其中,更佳為全氟脂肪族磺酸根陰離子(較佳為碳數4~8)或具有氟原子的苯磺酸根陰離子,進一步較佳為九氟丁烷磺酸根陰離子、全氟辛烷磺酸根陰離子、五氟苯磺酸根陰離子或3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯磺酸根陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, preferred are aliphatic sulfonate anions in which at least the alpha position of sulfonic acid is substituted by fluorine atoms, aromatic sulfonate anions in which fluorine atoms or groups having fluorine atoms are substituted, and alkyl groups substituted by fluorine atoms. A substituted bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, or a tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion in which the alkyl group is replaced by a fluorine atom. Among them, perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion (preferably having 4 to 8 carbon atoms) or benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom is more preferred, and nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion and perfluorooctanesulfonate anion are further preferred. anion, pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anion or 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonate anion.

作為非親核性陰離子,亦較佳為下述式(AN1)所表示的陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the following formula (AN1) is also preferable.

[化學式25]

Figure 02_image035
[chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image035

式(AN1)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 取代基並無特別限制,較佳為非吸電子性基的基團。作為非吸電子性基的基團,可舉出例如烴基、羥基、氧烴基、氧羰基烴基、胺基、烴取代胺基及烴取代醯胺基。 作為非吸電子性基的基團,分別獨立地較佳為-R’、-OH、-OR’、-OCOR’、-NH 2、-NR’ 2、-NHR’或-NHCOR’。R’為一價的烴基。 In formula (AN1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a non-electron-withdrawing group. Examples of the non-electron-withdrawing group include a hydrocarbon group, a hydroxyl group, an oxyhydrocarbyl group, an oxycarbonylhydrocarbyl group, an amine group, a hydrocarbon-substituted amino group, and a hydrocarbon-substituted amide group. The groups that are non-electron-withdrawing groups are each independently preferably -R', -OH, -OR', -OCOR', -NH 2 , -NR' 2 , -NHR' or -NHCOR'. R' is a monovalent hydrocarbon group.

作為上述R’所表示的一價的烴基,可舉出例如:甲基、乙基、丙基及丁基等烷基;乙烯基、丙烯基及丁烯基等烯基;乙炔基、丙炔基及丁炔基等炔基等的一價的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烴基;環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、降冰片基及金剛烷基等環烷基;環丙烯基、環丁烯基、環戊烯基及降冰片烯基等環烯基等一價的脂環烴基;苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、均三甲苯基、萘基、甲基萘基、蒽基及甲基蒽基等芳基;苯甲基、苯乙基、苯丙基、萘甲基及蒽甲基等芳烷基等一價的芳香族烴基。 其中,較佳為R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示烴基(較佳為環烷基)或氫原子。 Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R' include: alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl; alkenyl groups such as vinyl, propenyl, and butenyl; ethynyl, propynyl, etc. Monovalent linear or branched hydrocarbon groups such as alkynyl groups such as butynyl groups and butynyl groups; cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopropyl groups, cyclobutyl groups, cyclopentyl groups, cyclohexyl groups, norbornyl groups, and adamantyl groups; Monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon groups such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl and norbornenyl; phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl, naphthyl, methyl Aryl groups such as naphthyl, anthracenyl, and methyl anthracenyl; monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups such as benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl, naphthyl methyl, and anthracenyl aralkyl groups. Among them, it is preferred that R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrocarbon group (preferably a cycloalkyl group) or a hydrogen atom.

L表示二價的連結基。 在L存在複數個的情況下,L分別可以相同,亦可以不同。 作為二價的連結基,可舉出例如-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~6)、伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數2~6)及將此等組合複數個而成的二價的連結基。其中,作為二價的連結基,較佳為-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-SO 2-、-O-CO-O-伸烷基-、-COO-伸烷基-或-CONH-伸烷基-,更佳為-O-CO-O-、-O-CO-O-伸烷基-、-COO-、-CONH-、-SO 2-或-COO-伸烷基-。 L represents a divalent linking group. When there are plural Ls, each L may be the same or different. Examples of divalent linking groups include -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkane group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms) and combinations of these A divalent linker. Among them, the divalent linking group is preferably -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -O-CO-O-alkane -, -COO-alkylene- or -CONH-alkylene-, more preferably -O-CO-O-, -O-CO-O-alkylene-, -COO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -or -COO-alkylene-.

作為L,較佳為例如由下述式(AN1-1)表示的基團。 * a-(CR 2a 2X-Q-(CR 2b 2Y-* b(AN1-1) L is preferably, for example, a group represented by the following formula (AN1-1). * a - (CR 2a 2 ) X -Q- (CR 2b 2 ) Y - * b (AN1-1)

式(AN1-1)中,* a表示式(AN1)中的與R 3的鍵結位置。 * b表示式(AN1)中的與-C(R 1)(R 2)-的鍵結位置。 X及Y分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,較佳為0~3的整數。 R 2a及R 2b分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 在R 2a及R 2b分別存在複數個的情況下,存在的複數個R 2a及R 2b分別可以相同,亦可以不同。 其中,在Y為1以上時,式(AN1)中的與-C(R 1)(R 2)-直接鍵結的CR 2b 2中的R 2b為、除氟原子以外的基團。 Q表示* A-O-CO-O-* B、* A-CO-* B、* A-CO-O-* B、* A-O-CO-* B、* A-O-* B、* A-S-* B或* A-SO 2-* B。 其中,在式(AN1-1)中的X+Y為1以上、且式(AN1-1)中的R 2a及R 2b中的任一者皆為氫原子的情況下,Q表示* A-O-CO-O-* B、* A-CO-* B、* A-O-CO-* B、* A-O-* B、* A-S-* B或* A-SO 2-* B。 * A表示式(AN1)中的R 3側的鍵結位置,* B表示式(AN1)中的-SO 3 -側的鍵結位置。 In formula (AN1-1), * a represents the bonding position with R 3 in formula (AN1). * b represents the bonding position with -C(R 1 )(R 2 )- in the formula (AN1). X and Y each independently represent an integer of 0-10, preferably an integer of 0-3. R 2a and R 2b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When there are plural R 2a and R 2b respectively, the plural R 2a and R 2b present may be the same or different. However, when Y is 1 or more, R 2b in CR 2b 2 directly bonded to -C(R 1 )(R 2 )- in formula (AN1) is a group other than a fluorine atom. Q means * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -CO-O-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B or * A - SO2- * B . However, when X+Y in formula (AN1-1) is 1 or more, and either of R 2a and R 2b in formula (AN1-1) is a hydrogen atom, Q represents * A - O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B or * A -SO 2 -* B. * A represents the bonding position on the R 3 side in the formula (AN1), and * B represents the bonding position on the -SO 3 - side in the formula (AN1).

式(AN1)中,R 3表示有機基。 上述有機基只要具有一個以上碳原子,則並無特別限制,可以為直鏈狀的基團(例如直鏈狀的烷基)或支鏈狀的基團(例如叔丁基等支鏈狀的烷基),亦可以為環狀的基團。上述有機基可以具有取代基,亦可以不具有取代基。上述有機基可以具有或不具有雜原子(氧原子、硫原子和/或氮原子等)。 In formula (AN1), R 3 represents an organic group. The above-mentioned organic group is not particularly limited as long as it has more than one carbon atom, and may be a straight-chain group (such as a straight-chain alkyl group) or a branched-chain group (such as a branched-chain group such as a tert-butyl group). Alkyl group), can also be a cyclic group. The above organic group may or may not have a substituent. The above-mentioned organic group may or may not have a heteroatom (oxygen atom, sulfur atom, and/or nitrogen atom, etc.).

其中,R 3較佳為具有環狀結構的有機基。上述環狀結構可以為單環或多環,亦可以具有取代基。包含環狀結構的有機基中的環較佳為與式(AN1)中的L直接鍵結。 具有上述環狀結構的有機基例如可以具有或不具有雜原子(氧原子、硫原子和/或氮原子等)。雜原子可以與構成環狀結構的一個以上碳原子取代。 具有上述環狀結構的有機基較佳為例如環狀結構的烴基、內酯環基及磺內酯環基。其中,具有上述環狀結構的有機基較佳為環狀結構的烴基。 上述環狀結構的烴基較佳為單環或多環的環烷基。此等基團可以具有取代基。 上述環烷基可以為單環(環己基等)或多環(金剛烷基等),碳數較佳為5~12。 作為上述內酯基及磺內酯基,例如,在後述的式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)所表示的結構及式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)所表示的結構的任一結構中,較佳為從構成內酯結構或磺內酯結構的環員原子中去除一個氫原子而成的基團。 Among them, R3 is preferably an organic group with a ring structure. The above-mentioned ring structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may have a substituent. The ring in the organic group including a ring structure is preferably directly bonded to L in the formula (AN1). The organic group having the above ring structure may or may not have a hetero atom (oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.), for example. A heteroatom may be substituted with one or more carbon atoms constituting the ring structure. The organic group having the above-mentioned cyclic structure is preferably, for example, a hydrocarbon group having a cyclic structure, a lactone ring group, and a sultone ring group. Among them, the organic group having the above-mentioned cyclic structure is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a cyclic structure. The hydrocarbon group of the above-mentioned cyclic structure is preferably a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group. These groups may have substituents. The above-mentioned cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic (cyclohexyl, etc.) or polycyclic (adamantyl, etc.), and the carbon number is preferably 5-12. Examples of the above-mentioned lactone group and sultone group include structures represented by formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) and structures represented by formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) described later. In either structure, a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring member atoms constituting the lactone structure or the sultone structure is preferable.

作為非親核性陰離子,可以為苯磺酸根陰離子,較佳為被支鏈狀的烷基或環烷基取代的苯磺酸根陰離子。The non-nucleophilic anion may be a benzenesulfonate anion, preferably a benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a branched alkyl or cycloalkyl group.

作為非親核性陰離子,亦較佳為下述式(AN2)所表示的陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the following formula (AN2) is also preferable.

[化學式26]

Figure 02_image037
[chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image037

式(AN2)中,o表示1~3的整數。p表示0~10的整數。q表示0~10的整數。In formula (AN2), o represents the integer of 1-3. p represents an integer of 0-10. q represents an integer of 0-10.

Xf表示氫原子、氟原子、被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基或不具有氟原子的有機基。該烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~4。作為被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基,較佳為全氟烷基。 Xf較佳為氟原子或碳數1~4的全氟烷基,更佳為氟原子或CF 3,進一步較佳為兩個Xf為氟原子。 Xf represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, or an organic group not having a fluorine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 , further preferably two Xf are fluorine atoms.

R 4及R 5分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、烷基或被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基。在R 4及R 5存在複數個的情況下,R 4及R 5分別可以相同,亦可以不同。 R 4及R 5所表示的烷基較佳為碳數1~4。上述烷基可以具有取代基。作為R 4及R 5,較佳為氫原子。 R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted by at least one fluorine atom. When there are plural R 4 and R 5 , R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different. The alkyl groups represented by R 4 and R 5 preferably have 1-4 carbon atoms. The above-mentioned alkyl group may have a substituent. R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.

L表示二價的連結基。L的定義與式(AN1)中的L含義相同。L represents a divalent linking group. The definition of L has the same meaning as L in formula (AN1).

W表示包含環狀結構的有機基。其中,較佳為環狀的有機基。 作為環狀的有機基,可舉出例如脂環基、芳基及雜環基。 脂環基可以為單環,亦可以為多環。作為單環的脂環基,可舉出例如環戊基、環己基及環辛基等單環的環烷基。作為多環的脂環基,可舉出例如降冰片基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。其中,較佳為降冰片基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等碳數7以上的具有大體積結構的脂環基。 W represents an organic group including a ring structure. Among them, a cyclic organic group is preferable. As a cyclic organic group, an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group are mentioned, for example. The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl. Among them, alicyclic groups having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl are preferable.

芳基可以為單環或多環。作為上述芳基,可舉出例如、苯基、萘基、菲基及蒽基。 雜環基可以為單環或多環。其中,為多環的雜環基時,能夠進一步抑制酸的擴散。雜環基可以具有芳香族性,亦可以不具有芳香族性。作為具有芳香族性的雜環,可舉出例如呋喃環、噻吩環、苯並呋喃環、苯並噻吩環、二苯並呋喃環、二苯並噻吩環及吡啶環。作為不具有芳香族性的雜環,可舉出例如四氫吡喃環、內酯環、磺內酯環及十氫異喹啉環。作為雜環基中的雜環,較佳為呋喃環、噻吩環、吡啶環或十氫異喹啉環。 Aryl groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, naphthyl, phenanthrenyl and anthracenyl. A heterocyclic group can be monocyclic or polycyclic. Among them, when it is a polycyclic heterocyclic group, the diffusion of acid can be further suppressed. A heterocyclic group may or may not be aromatic. As an aromatic heterocycle, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring are mentioned, for example. As a heterocyclic ring which does not have aromaticity, a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring are mentioned, for example. The heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group is preferably a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring or a decahydroisoquinoline ring.

上述環狀的有機基可以具有取代基。作為上述取代基,可舉出例如烷基(可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任一者,較佳為碳數1~12)、環烷基(可以為單環、多環及螺環中的任一者,較佳為碳數3~20)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~14)、羥基、烷氧基、酯基、醯胺基、胺基甲酸酯基、醯脲基、硫醚基、磺醯胺基及磺酸酯基。再者,構成環狀的有機基的碳(有助於環形成的碳)可以為羰基碳。The above-mentioned cyclic organic group may have a substituent. As the above-mentioned substituent, for example, an alkyl group (which may be any of straight chain and branched chain, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic and spiro Any one of the rings, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, ester group, amido group, urethane group, Urea group, thioether group, sulfonamide group and sulfonate group. In addition, the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (the carbon that contributes to ring formation) may be carbonyl carbon.

作為式(AN2)所表示的陰離子,較佳為SO 3 --CF 2-CH 2-OCO-(L) q’-W、SO 3 --CF 2-CHF-CH 2-OCO-(L) q’-W、SO 3 --CF 2-COO-(L) q’-W、SO 3 --CF 2-CF 2-CH 2-CH 2-(L) q-W、或SO 3 --CF 2-CH(CF 3)-OCO-(L) q’-W。其中,L、q及W與式(AN2)同樣。q’表示0~10的整數。 As the anion represented by the formula (AN2), SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO-(L) q' -W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO-(L) are preferable. q' -W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO-(L) q' -W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -(L) q -W, or SO 3 - - CF2 - CH( CF3 )-OCO-(L) q' -W. However, L, q, and W are the same as in formula (AN2). q' represents the integer of 0-10.

作為非親核性陰離子,亦較佳為下述式(AN3)所表示的芳香族磺酸根陰離子。As the non-nucleophilic anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion represented by the following formula (AN3) is also preferable.

[化學式27]

Figure 02_image039
[chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image039

式(AN3)中,Ar表示芳基(苯基等),可以進一步具有除磺酸根陰離子及-(D-B)基以外的取代基。作為可以進一步具有的取代基,可舉出例如氟原子及羥基。 n表示0以上的整數。作為n,較佳為1~4,更佳為2~3,進一步較佳為3。 In formula (AN3), Ar represents an aryl group (phenyl group, etc.), and may further have a substituent other than a sulfonate anion and a -(D-B) group. As a substituent which may have further, a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group are mentioned, for example. n represents an integer of 0 or more. As n, 1-4 are preferable, 2-3 are more preferable, 3 is still more preferable.

D表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,可舉出醚基、硫醚基、羰基、亞碸基、磺基、磺酸酯基、酯基及由此等兩種以上的組合構成的基團。D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, an arylene group, a sulfo group, a sulfonate group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these.

B表示烴基。 作為B,較佳為脂肪族烴基,更佳為異丙基、環己基、或可以進一步具有取代基的芳基(三環己基苯基等)。 B represents a hydrocarbon group. B is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably an isopropyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or an aryl group which may further have a substituent (tricyclohexylphenyl group, etc.).

作為非親核性陰離子,亦較佳為二磺醯胺陰離子。 二磺醯胺陰離子為例如N -(SO 2-R q2所表示的陰離子。 在此,R q表示可以具有取代基的烷基,較佳為氟烷基,更佳為全氟烷基。兩個R q可以相互鍵結而形成環。兩個R q相互鍵結而形成的基團較佳為可以具有取代基的伸烷基,更佳為氟伸烷基,進一步較佳為全氟伸烷基。上述伸烷基的碳數較佳為2~4。 As the non-nucleophilic anion, disulfonamide anion is also preferred. The disulfonamide anion is, for example, an anion represented by N - (SO 2 -R q ) 2 . Here, Rq represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, preferably a fluoroalkyl group, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R q may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The group formed by bonding two R q to each other is preferably an alkylene group which may have a substituent, more preferably a fluoroalkylene group, and still more preferably a perfluoroalkylene group. The carbon number of the said alkylene group is preferably 2-4.

又,作為非親核性陰離子,亦可舉出下述式(d1-1)~(d1-4)所表示的陰離子。Moreover, as a non-nucleophilic anion, the anion represented by following formula (d1-1)-(d1-4) is also mentioned.

[化學式28]

Figure 02_image041
[chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image041

[化學式29]

Figure 02_image043
[chemical formula 29]
Figure 02_image043

式(d1-1)中,R 51表示可以具有取代基(例如羥基)的烴基(例如苯基等芳基)。 In the formula (d1-1), R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group (for example, an aryl group such as phenyl) which may have a substituent (for example, a hydroxyl group).

式(d1-2)中,Z 2c表示可以具有取代基的碳數1~30的烴基(其中,與S鄰接的碳原子不被氟原子取代)。 Z 2c中的上述烴基可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀,亦可以具有環狀結構。又,上述烴基中的碳原子(較佳為上述烴基具有環狀結構時的、作為環員原子的碳原子)可以為羰基碳(-CO-)。作為上述烴基,可舉出例如具有可以具有取代基的降冰片基的基團。形成上述降冰片基的碳原子可以為羰基碳。 式(d1-2)中的「Z 2c-SO 3 -」較佳為與上述式(AN1)~(AN3)所表示的陰離子不同。例如,Z 2c較佳為除芳基以外的基團。例如,Z 2c中的、相對於-SO 3 -為α位及β位的原子較佳為具有氟原子作為取代基的除碳原子以外的原子。例如,在Z 2c中,相對於-SO 3 -為α位的原子和/或β位的原子較佳為環狀基團中的環員原子。 In formula (d1-2), Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (wherein the carbon atom adjacent to S is not substituted with a fluorine atom). The above-mentioned hydrocarbon group in Z 2c may be linear or branched, or may have a cyclic structure. Also, a carbon atom in the above hydrocarbon group (preferably a carbon atom serving as a ring member atom when the above hydrocarbon group has a ring structure) may be carbonyl carbon (—CO—). As said hydrocarbon group, the group which has the norbornyl group which may have a substituent, for example is mentioned. The carbon atom forming the above-mentioned norbornyl group may be a carbonyl carbon. "Z 2c -SO 3 - " in the formula (d1-2) is preferably different from the anion represented by the above formulas (AN1) to (AN3). For example, Z 2c is preferably a group other than aryl. For example, the atoms at the α-position and β-position with respect to -SO 3 - in Z 2c are preferably atoms other than carbon atoms having a fluorine atom as a substituent. For example, in Z 2c , the atom at the α position and/or the atom at the β position with respect to -SO 3 - is preferably a ring member atom in a cyclic group.

式(d1-3)中,R 52表示有機基(較佳為具有氟原子的烴基),Y 3表示直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的伸烷基、伸芳基、或者羰基,Rf表示烴基。 In formula (d1-3), R 52 represents an organic group (preferably a hydrocarbon group with a fluorine atom), Y 3 represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene, arylylene, or carbonyl group, Rf represents a hydrocarbon group.

式(d1-4)中,R 53及R 54分別獨立地表示有機基(較佳為具有氟原子的烴基)。R 53及R 54可以相互鍵結而形成環。 In the formula (d1-4), R 53 and R 54 each independently represent an organic group (preferably a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom). R 53 and R 54 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

有機陰離子可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。One type of organic anions may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.

化合物(N)還較佳為選自由化合物(NI)和化合物(NII)所組成的群組中的至少一種。Compound (N) is also preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (NI) and compound (NII).

(化合物(NI)) 化合物(NI)為具有一個以上的下述結構部位X及一個以上的下述結構部位Y的化合物,其是藉由光化射線或放射線的照射產生包含來自下述結構部位X的下述第一酸性部位和來自下述結構部位Y的下述第二酸性部位的酸的化合物。 結構部位X:由陰離子部位A 1 -和陽離子部位M 1 +構成、且藉由光化射線或放射線的照射形成HA 1所表示的第一酸性部位的結構部位 結構部位Y:由陰離子部位A 2 -和陽離子部位M 2 +構成、且藉由光化射線或放射線的照射形成HA 2所表示的第二酸性部位的結構部位 上述化合物(NI)滿足下述條件I。 (Compound (NI)) Compound (NI) is a compound having one or more of the following structural site X and one or more of the following structural site Y, which is produced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation containing A compound of an acid derived from the following first acidic site of X and the following second acidic site of structural site Y described below. Structural site X: a structural site composed of anionic site A 1 and cationic site M 1 + , and the first acidic site represented by HA 1 is formed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation Structural site Y: anionic site A 2 The compound (NI) which is composed of - and the cationic site M 2 + and forms the second acidic site represented by HA 2 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation satisfies the following condition I.

條件I:上述化合物(NI)中將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +及上述結構部位Y中的上述陽離子部位M 2 +取代為H +而成的化合物PNI具有酸解離常數a1和酸解離常數a2,且上述酸解離常數a2比上述酸解離常數a1大,酸解離常數a1來自由將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +取代為H +而成的HA 1表示的酸性部位,酸解離常數a2來自由將上述結構部位Y中的上述陽離子部位M 2 +取代為H +而成的HA 2表示的酸性部位。 Condition I: In the above-mentioned compound (NI), the compound PNI obtained by substituting the above-mentioned cationic site M 1 + in the above-mentioned structural site X and the above-mentioned cationic site M 2 + in the above-mentioned structural site Y with H + has an acid dissociation constant a1 and Acid dissociation constant a2, and the above acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the above acid dissociation constant a1, and the acid dissociation constant a1 is derived from the acidity represented by HA 1 obtained by substituting the above cationic site M 1 + in the above structural site X with H + site, the acid dissociation constant a2 is derived from the acidic site represented by HA 2 obtained by substituting the above-mentioned cationic site M 2 + in the above-mentioned structural site Y with H + .

以下,對條件I進行更具體地說明。 在化合物(NI)為例如產生具有一個來自上述結構部位X的上述第一酸性部位和一個來自上述結構部位Y的上述第二酸性部位的酸的化合物的情況下,化合物PNI相當於「具有HA 1和HA 2的化合物」。 就所謂化合物PNI的酸解離常數a1及酸解離常數a2而言,若更具體地說明,則在求得化合物PNI的酸解離常數的情況下,化合物PNI為「具有A 1 -和HA 2的化合物」時的pKa為酸解離常數a1、上述「具有A 1 -和HA 2的化合物」為「具有A 1 -和A 2 -的化合物」時的pKa為酸解離常數a2。 Hereinafter, condition I will be described more specifically. In the case where the compound (NI) is, for example, a compound that produces an acid having one of the above-mentioned first acidic sites from the above-mentioned structural site X and one of the above-mentioned second acidic sites from the above-mentioned structural site Y, the compound PNI is equivalent to "has HA 1 and HA 2 compounds". Regarding the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 of the compound PNI, if it is more specifically described, when the acid dissociation constant of the compound PNI is obtained, the compound PNI is "a compound having A 1 - and HA 2 ” is the acid dissociation constant a1, and the pKa when the above-mentioned “compound having A 1 - and HA 2 ” is the “compound having A 1 - and A 2 - ” is the acid dissociation constant a2.

在化合物(NI)為例如產生具有兩個來自上述結構部位X的上述第一酸性部位和一個來自上述結構部位Y的上述第二酸性部位的酸的化合物的情況下,化合物PNI相當於「具有兩個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」。 在求得化合物PNI的酸解離常數的情況下,化合物PNI為「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」時的酸解離常數及「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」為「具有兩個A 1 -和一個HA 2的化合物」時的酸解離常數相當於上述的酸解離常數a1。「具有兩個A 1 -和一個HA 2的化合物」為「具有兩個A 1 -和A 2 -的化合物」時的酸解離常數相當於酸解離常數a2。即,在化合物PNI的情況下,當其具複數個來自由將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +取代為H +而成的HA 1表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數的情況下,酸解離常數a2的值大於複數個酸解離常數a1中最大的值。再者,在將化合物PNI為「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」時的酸解離常數設為aa且將「具有一個A 1 -、一個HA 1和一個HA 2的化合物」為「具有兩個A 1 -和一個HA 2的化合物」時的酸解離常數設為ab時,aa及ab的關係滿足aa<ab。 In the case where the compound (NI) is, for example, a compound that produces an acid having two of the above-mentioned first acidic sites from the above-mentioned structural site X and one of the above-mentioned second acidic sites from the above-mentioned structural site Y, the compound PNI is equivalent to "having two A compound of one HA 1 and one HA 2 ". In the case of obtaining the acid dissociation constant of compound PNI, the acid dissociation constant when compound PNI is "a compound with one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " and "a compound with one A 1 - , one HA 1 and The acid dissociation constant when the "one HA 2 compound" is "the compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " corresponds to the above-mentioned acid dissociation constant a1. When the "compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " is "the compound having two A 1 - and A 2 - ", the acid dissociation constant corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a2. That is, in the case of the compound PNI, when it has a plurality of acid dissociation constants derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 obtained by substituting the above-mentioned cationic site M 1 + in the above-mentioned structural site X with H + , The value of the acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the largest value among the plurality of acid dissociation constants a1. Furthermore, the acid dissociation constant when the compound PNI is "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " is set to aa and "the compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 When the acid dissociation constant of "compound" is "a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " is ab, the relationship between aa and ab satisfies aa<ab.

酸解離常數a1及酸解離常數a2藉由上述的酸解離常數的測定方法來求得。 所謂上述化合物PNI相當於在對化合物(NI)照射光化射線或放射線時產生的酸。 在化合物(NI)具有兩個以上的結構部位X的情況下,結構部位X分別可以相同,亦可以不同。又,兩個以上的上述A 1 -及兩個以上的上述M 1 +分別可以相同,亦可以不同。 化合物(NI)中,上述A 1 -及上述A 2 -、以及上述M 1 +及上述M 2 +分別可以相同,亦可以不同,上述A 1 -及上述A 2 -較佳為分別不同。 The acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 were obtained by the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant described above. The above-mentioned compound PNI corresponds to an acid generated when the compound (NI) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. When the compound (NI) has two or more structural sites X, the structural sites X may be the same or different. Also, two or more of the aforementioned A 1 - and two or more of the aforementioned M 1 + may be the same or different. In the compound (NI), the above-mentioned A 1 - and the above-mentioned A 2 - , and the above-mentioned M 1 + and the above-mentioned M 2 + may be the same or different, respectively, and the above-mentioned A 1 - and the above-mentioned A 2 - are preferably different from each other.

在上述化合物PNI中,酸解離常數a1(在存在複數個酸解離常數a1時為其最大值)與酸解離常數a2之差(絕對值)較佳為0.1以上,更佳為0.5以上,進一步較佳為1.0以上。再者,酸解離常數a1(在存在複數個酸解離常數a1時為其最大值)與酸解離常數a2之差(絕對值)的上限值並無特別限制,例如為16以下。In the above compound PNI, the difference (absolute value) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value when there are multiple acid dissociation constants a1) and the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.5 or more, and further preferably Preferably, it is 1.0 or more. The upper limit of the difference (absolute value) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value when a plurality of acid dissociation constants a1 exists) and the acid dissociation constant a2 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 16 or less.

在上述化合物PNI中,酸解離常數a2較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下。再者,作為酸解離常數a2的下限值,較佳為-4.0以上。In the above compound PNI, the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less. Furthermore, the lower limit of the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably -4.0 or more.

在上述化合物PNI中,酸解離常數a1較佳為2.0以下,更佳為0以下。再者,作為酸解離常數a1的下限值,較佳為-20.0以上。In the above compound PNI, the acid dissociation constant a1 is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 0 or less. Furthermore, the lower limit of the acid dissociation constant a1 is preferably -20.0 or more.

陰離子部位A 1 -及陰離子部位A 2 -為包含帶負電荷的原子或原子團的結構部位,可舉出例如選自由以下所示的式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及式(BB-1)~(BB-6)所組成的群組中的結構部位。 作為陰離子部位A 1 -,較佳為可形成酸解離常數小的酸性部位,其中,更佳為式(AA-1)~(AA-3)中的任一者,進一步較佳為式(AA-1)及(AA-3)中的任一者。 又,作為陰離子部位A 2 -,較佳為可形成酸解離常數比陰離子部位A 1 -大的酸性部位,更佳為式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中的任一者,進一步較佳為式(BB-1)及(BB-4)中的任一者。 再者,以下的式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中,*表示鍵結位置。 式(AA-2)中,R A表示一價的有機基。R A所表示的一價的有機基並無特別限制,可舉出例如氰基、三氟甲基及甲烷磺醯基。 Anion site A 1 - and anion site A 2 - are structural sites containing negatively charged atoms or atomic groups, for example, selected from formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formula (BB) shown below The structural parts in the group consisting of -1)~(BB-6). The anion site A 1 - is preferably an acid site capable of forming an acidic site with a small acid dissociation constant, among them, any one of the formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) is more preferred, and the formula (AA -1) and (AA-3). Also, the anion site A 2 - is preferably an acidic site capable of forming an acidic site with a higher acid dissociation constant than the anion site A 1 - , more preferably any one of the formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6), and further It is preferably any one of formulas (BB-1) and (BB-4). In addition, in the following formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6), * represents a bonding position. In formula (AA-2), R A represents a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group represented by RA is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a methanesulfonyl group.

[化學式30]

Figure 02_image045
[chemical formula 30]
Figure 02_image045

[化學式31]

Figure 02_image047
[chemical formula 31]
Figure 02_image047

陰離子部位A 1 -和陰離子部位A 2 -較佳為具有選自由上述通式(N7)表示的基團、-SO 3 -和-CO 2 -所組成的群組中的至少一種。 The anion site A 1 - and the anion site A 2 - preferably have at least one selected from the group consisting of the group represented by the above general formula (N7), -SO 3 - and -CO 2 - .

陽離子部位M 1 +及陽離子部位M 2 +為包含帶正電荷的原子或原子團的結構部位,可舉出例如電荷為一價的有機陽離子。M 1 +和M 2 +中的至少一個是如上所述的特定陽離子。 The cationic site M 1 + and the cationic site M 2 + are structural sites containing positively charged atoms or atomic groups, and examples thereof include organic cations with a monovalent charge. At least one of M 1 + and M 2 + is a specific cation as described above.

作為化合物(NI)的具體結構,並無特別限制,可舉出例如後述的式(Ia-1)~式(Ia-5)所表示的化合物。The specific structure of the compound (NI) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds represented by formula (Ia-1) to formula (Ia-5) described later.

-式(Ia-1)所表示的化合物- 以下,首先,對式(Ia-1)所表示的化合物進行敘述。 -Compound represented by formula (Ia-1)- Hereinafter, first, the compound represented by the formula (Ia-1) will be described.

M 11 +A 11 --L 1-A 12 -M 12 +(Ia-1) M 11 + A 11 - -L 1 -A 12 - M 12 + (Ia-1)

式(Ia-1)所表示的化合物藉由光化射線或放射線的照射產生HA 11-L 1-A 12H所表示的酸。 The compound represented by the formula (Ia-1) generates an acid represented by HA 11 -L 1 -A 12 H upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.

式(Ia-1)中,M 11 +及M 12 +分別獨立地表示有機陽離子。 A 11 -及A 12 -分別獨立地表示一價的陰離子性官能基。 L 1表示二價的連結基。 M 11 +及M 12 +分別可以相同,亦可以不同。 A 11 -及A 12 -分別可以相同,亦可以不同,較佳為相互不同。 其中,在上述式(Ia-1)中,將M 11 +及M 12 +所表示的陽離子取代為H +而成的化合物PNIa(HA 11-L 1-A 12H)中,來自A 12H所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a2大於來自HA 11所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1。再者,酸解離常數a1和酸解離常數a2的適合值如上述所示。化合物PNIa與藉由光化射線或放射線的照射由式(Ia-1)所表示的化合物產生的酸相同。 又,M 11 +、M 12 +、A 11 -、A 12 -及L 1的至少一者可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In formula (Ia-1), M 11 + and M 12 + each independently represent an organic cation. A 11 - and A 12 - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. L 1 represents a divalent linking group. M 11 + and M 12 + may be the same or different. A 11 - and A 12 - may be the same or different, but are preferably different from each other. Among them, in the compound PNIa (HA 11 -L 1 -A 12 H) obtained by substituting the cations represented by M 11 + and M 12 + with H + in the above formula (Ia-1), from A 12 H The acid dissociation constant a2 of the represented acid site is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1 from the acid site represented by HA 11 . In addition, suitable values of the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 are as described above. Compound PNIa is the same acid that is generated from the compound represented by formula (Ia-1) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Also, at least one of M 11 + , M 12 + , A 11 - , A 12 - and L 1 may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

在式(Ia-1)中,M 11 +和M 12 +中的至少一個是如上所述的特定陽離子。 In formula (Ia-1), at least one of M 11 + and M 12 + is the specific cation as described above.

所謂A 11 -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,係指包含上述陰離子部位A 1 -的一價的基團。又,所謂A 12 -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,係指包含上述陰離子部位A 2 -的一價的基團。 作為A 11 -及A 12 -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,較佳為包含上述式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中的任一陰離子部位的一價的陰離子性官能基,更佳為選自由式(AX-1)~(AX-3)及式(BX-1)~(BX-7)所組成的群組中的一價的陰離子性官能基。作為A 11 -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,其中,較佳為式(AX-1)~(AX-3)中的任一者所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基。作為A 12 -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,其中,較佳為式(BX-1)~(BX-7)中的任一者所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,更佳為式(BX-1)~(BX-6)中的任一者所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基。 The monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 11 - means a monovalent group including the above-mentioned anionic moiety A 1 - . Also, the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 12 - means a monovalent group including the above-mentioned anionic moiety A 2 - . The monovalent anionic functional groups represented by A 11 - and A 12 - are preferably included in the above formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6). A monovalent anionic functional group at any anion site, more preferably selected from the group consisting of formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3) and formulas (BX-1) to (BX-7) A monovalent anionic functional group. Among them, the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 11 - is preferably a monovalent anionic functional group represented by any one of the formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3). The monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 12 - is preferably a monovalent anionic functional group represented by any one of the formulas (BX-1) to (BX-7), and more preferably It is a monovalent anionic functional group represented by any one of formula (BX-1) - (BX-6).

[化學式32]

Figure 02_image049
[chemical formula 32]
Figure 02_image049

式(AX-1)~(AX-3)中,R A1及R A2分別獨立地表示一價的有機基。*表示鍵結位置。 R A1所表示的一價的有機基並無特別限制,可舉出例如氰基、三氟甲基及甲烷磺醯基。 In formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3), R A1 and R A2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. *Indicates the bonding position. The monovalent organic group represented by R A1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a methanesulfonyl group.

作為R A2所表示的一價的有機基,較佳為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的烷基、或者芳基。 上述烷基的碳數較佳為1~15,更佳為1~10,進一步較佳為1~6。 上述烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,較佳為氟原子或氰基,更佳為氟原子。在上述烷基具有氟原子作為取代基的情況下,可以為全氟烷基。 The monovalent organic group represented by R A2 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group or aryl group. The carbon number of the said alkyl group becomes like this. Preferably it is 1-15, More preferably, it is 1-10, More preferably, it is 1-6. The above-mentioned alkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a fluorine atom. When the above-mentioned alkyl group has a fluorine atom as a substituent, it may be a perfluoroalkyl group.

作為上述芳基,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。 上述芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,較佳為氟原子、碘原子、全氟烷基(例如較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數1~6。)或氰基,更佳為氟原子、碘原子或全氟烷基。 The aryl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The above-mentioned aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group (for example, preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), or a cyano group, more preferably a fluorine atom or an iodine atom or perfluoroalkyl.

式(BX-1)~(BX-4)及式(BX-6)中,R B表示一價的有機基。*表示鍵結位置。 作為R B所表示的一價的有機基,較佳為直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的烷基、或者芳基。 上述烷基的碳數較佳為1~15,更佳為1~10,進一步較佳為1~6。 上述烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,並無特別限制,作為取代基,較佳為氟原子或氰基,更佳為氟原子。在上述烷基具有氟原子作為取代基的情況下,可以為全氟烷基。 再者,在烷基中成為鍵結位置的碳原子具有取代基時,亦較佳為為除氟原子或氰基以外的取代基。在此,就所謂烷基中成為鍵結位置的碳原子而言,例如,在式(BX-1)及(BX-4)的情況下,相當於與烷基中的式中所明示的-CO-直接鍵結的碳原子,在式(BX-2)及(BX-3)的情況下,相當於與烷基中的式中所明示的-SO 2-直接鍵結的碳原子,在式(BX-6)的情況下,相當於與烷基中的式中所明示的N -直接鍵結的碳原子。 上述烷基的碳原子可以被羰基碳取代。 In formulas (BX-1) to (BX-4) and formula (BX-6), R B represents a monovalent organic group. *Indicates the bonding position. The monovalent organic group represented by R B is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group or aryl group. The carbon number of the said alkyl group becomes like this. Preferably it is 1-15, More preferably, it is 1-10, More preferably, it is 1-6. The above-mentioned alkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, but the substituent is preferably a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a fluorine atom. When the above-mentioned alkyl group has a fluorine atom as a substituent, it may be a perfluoroalkyl group. Furthermore, when the carbon atom serving as the bonding position in the alkyl group has a substituent, it is also preferably a substituent other than a fluorine atom or a cyano group. Here, the so-called carbon atoms serving as bonding positions in the alkyl group, for example, in the case of formulas (BX-1) and (BX-4), correspond to - In the case of formulas (BX-2) and (BX-3), the carbon atom directly bonded to CO- corresponds to the carbon atom directly bonded to -SO 2 - shown in the formula in the alkyl group, in In the case of the formula (BX-6), it corresponds to the carbon atom directly bonded to N- indicated in the formula in the alkyl group. Carbon atoms of the above-mentioned alkyl groups may be substituted with carbonyl carbons.

作為上述芳基,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。 上述芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,較佳為氟原子、碘原子、全氟烷基(例如較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數1~6。)、氰基、烷基(例如較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數1~6。)、烷氧基(例如較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數1~6。)或烷氧羰基(例如較佳為碳數2~10,更佳為碳數2~6。),更佳為氟原子、碘原子、全氟烷基、烷基、烷氧基或烷氧羰基。 The aryl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The above-mentioned aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group (for example, preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cyano group, and an alkyl group (such as preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6). 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6 carbons.), alkoxy (for example, preferably 1 to 10 carbons, more preferably 1 to 6 carbons.) or alkoxycarbonyl (for example, preferably carbon 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6 carbons), more preferably a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.

式(Ia-1)中,作為L 1所表示的二價的連結基,並無特別限制,可舉出-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~6,可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數2~6)、二價的脂肪族雜環基(較佳為在環結構內具有至少一個N原子、O原子、S原子或Se原子的5~10員環,更佳為5~7員環,進一步較佳為5~6員環。)、二價的芳香族雜環基(較佳為在環結構內具有至少一個N原子、O原子、S原子或Se原子的5~10員環,更佳為5~7員環,進一步較佳為5~6員環。)、二價的芳香族烴環基(較佳為6~10員環,進一步較佳為6員環。)及將此等組合複數個而成的二價的連結基。上述R可舉出氫原子或一價的有機基。作為一價的有機基,並無特別限制,較佳為例如烷基(較佳為碳數1~6)。 上述伸烷基、上述伸環烷基、上述伸烯基、上述二價的脂肪族雜環基、二價的芳香族雜環基及二價的芳香族烴環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出例如鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。 In formula (Ia-1), the divalent linking group represented by L1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include -CO-, -NR-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which can be linear or branched), cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably having carbon number 2-6), divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group (preferably a 5-10 membered ring with at least one N atom, O atom, S atom or Se atom in the ring structure, more preferably a 5-7 membered ring ring, further preferably a 5-6 membered ring.), a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably a 5-10 membered ring with at least one N atom, O atom, S atom or Se atom in the ring structure , more preferably a 5-7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-6-membered ring.), a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (preferably a 6-10-membered ring, further preferably a 6-membered ring.) and A divalent linking group formed by combining a plurality of these. Examples of the above-mentioned R include a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group is not particularly limited, and is preferably, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms). The above-mentioned alkylene group, the above-mentioned cycloalkylene group, the above-mentioned alkenylene group, the above-mentioned divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, divalent aromatic heterocyclic group and divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned, for example.

其中,作為L 1所表示的二價的連結基,較佳為式(L1)所表示的二價的連結基。 Among them, the divalent linking group represented by L 1 is preferably a divalent linking group represented by formula (L1).

[化學式33]

Figure 02_image051
[chemical formula 33]
Figure 02_image051

式(L1)中,L 111表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 作為L 111所表示的二價的連結基,並無特別限制,可舉出例如-CO-、-NH-、-O-、-SO-、-SO 2-、可以具有取代基的伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~6。可以為直鏈狀及支鏈狀中的任一者)、可以具有取代基的伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、可以具有取代基的芳基(較佳為碳數6~10)及將此等組合複數個而成的二價的連結基。作為取代基,並無特別限制,可舉出例如鹵素原子。 p表示已0~3的整數,較佳為表示1~3的整數。 v表示0或1的整數。 Xf 1分別獨立地表示氟原子或被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基。該烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~4。作為被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基,較佳為全氟烷基。 Xf 2分別獨立地表示氫原子、可以具有氟原子作為取代基的烷基或氟原子。該烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~4。作為Xf 2,其中,較佳為表示氟原子或被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基,更佳為氟原子或全氟烷基。 其中,作為Xf 1及Xf 2,較佳為分別獨立地為氟原子或碳數1~4的全氟烷基,更佳為氟原子或CF 3。特別是,進一步較佳為Xf 1及Xf 2皆為氟原子。 *表示鍵結位置。 在式(Ia-1)中的L 11表示式(L1)所表示的二價的連結基的情況下,較佳為式(L1)中的L 111側的鍵結鍵(*)與式(Ia-1)中的A 12 -鍵結。 In formula (L1), L 111 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by L 111 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include -CO-, -NH-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene groups which may have substituents (Preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Either straight chain or branched chain may be possible), optionally substituted cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), optionally having a substituent An aryl group (preferably having 6 to 10 carbon atoms) and a divalent linking group obtained by combining a plurality of these. It does not specifically limit as a substituent, For example, a halogen atom is mentioned. p represents the integer of 0-3, Preferably it represents the integer of 1-3. v represents an integer of 0 or 1. Xf 1 each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Xf 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom as a substituent, or a fluorine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. Among them, Xf 2 preferably represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. Among them, Xf 1 and Xf 2 are each independently preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is further preferred that both Xf 1 and Xf 2 are fluorine atoms. *Indicates the bonding position. When L 11 in formula (Ia-1) represents a divalent linking group represented by formula (L1), it is preferable that the bond (*) on the side of L 111 in formula (L1) is the same as the formula ( A 12 -bonding in Ia-1).

-式(Ia-2)~(Ia-4)所表示的化合物- 接下來,對式(Ia-2)~(Ia-4)所表示的化合物進行說明。 -Compounds represented by formulas (Ia-2) to (Ia-4)- Next, the compounds represented by the formulas (Ia-2) to (Ia-4) will be described.

[化學式34]

Figure 02_image053
[chemical formula 34]
Figure 02_image053

式(Ia-2)中,A 21a -及A 21b -分別獨立地表示一價的陰離子性官能基。在此,所謂A 21a -及A 21b -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,係指包含上述陰離子部位A 1 -的一價的基團。作為A 21a -及A 21b -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,並無特別限制,可舉出例如選自由上述式(AX-1)~(AX-3)所組成的群組中的一價的陰離子性官能基。 A 22 -表示二價的陰離子性官能基。在此,所謂A 22 -所表示的二價的陰離子性官能基,係指包含上述陰離子部位A 2 -的二價的連結基。作為A 22 -所表示的二價的陰離子性官能基,可舉出例如以下所示的式(BX-8)~(BX-11)所表示的二價的陰離子性官能基。 In formula (Ia-2), A 21a - and A 21b - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. Here, the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 21a - and A 21b - refers to a monovalent group including the above-mentioned anion site A 1 - . The monovalent anionic functional groups represented by A 21a - and A 21b - are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those selected from the group consisting of the above formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3). Monovalent anionic functional group. A 22 - represents a divalent anionic functional group. Here, the divalent anionic functional group represented by A 22 - means a divalent linking group including the above-mentioned anion site A 2 - . Examples of the divalent anionic functional group represented by A 22 - include divalent anionic functional groups represented by the following formulas (BX-8) to (BX-11).

[化學式35]

Figure 02_image055
[chemical formula 35]
Figure 02_image055

M 21a +、M 21b +及M 22 +分別獨立地表示有機陽離子。M 21a +、M 21b +和M 22 +中的至少一個是如上所述的特定陽離子。 L 21及L 22分別獨立地表示二價的有機基。 M 21a + , M 21b + and M 22 + each independently represent an organic cation. At least one of M 21a + , M 21b + and M 22 + is the specific cation as described above. L 21 and L 22 each independently represent a divalent organic group.

在上述式(Ia-2)中,將M 21a +、M 21b +及M 22 +所表示的有機陽離子取代為H +而成的化合物PNIa-2中,來自A 22H所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a2大於來自A 21aH的酸解離常數a1-1及來自A 21bH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-2。再者,酸解離常數a1-1和酸解離常數a1-2相當於上述酸解離常數a1。 再者,A 21a -及A 21b -相互可以相同,亦可以不同。M 21a +、M 21b +及M 22 +相互可以相同,亦可以不同。 M 21a +、M 21b +、M 22 +、A 21a -、A 21b -、L 21及L 22的至少一者可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In the above formula (Ia-2), in the compound PNIa-2 obtained by substituting the organic cations represented by M 21a + , M 21b + and M 22 + with H + , the The acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1-1 derived from A 21a H and the acid dissociation constant a1-2 derived from the acid site represented by A 21b H. In addition, the acid dissociation constant a1-1 and the acid dissociation constant a1-2 correspond to the above-mentioned acid dissociation constant a1. In addition, A 21a - and A 21b - may be the same as or different from each other. M 21a + , M 21b + and M 22 + may be the same as or different from each other. At least one of M 21a + , M 21b + , M 22 + , A 21a - , A 21b - , L 21 and L 22 may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

式(Ia-3)中,A 31a -及A 32 -分別獨立地表示一價的陰離子性官能基。再者,A 31a -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基的定義與上述式(Ia-2)中的A 21a -及A 21b -含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 A 32 -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基係指包含上述陰離子部位A 2 -的一價的基團。作為A 32 -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,並無特別限制,可舉出例如選自由上述式(BX-1)~(BX-7)所組成的群組中的一價的陰離子性官能基。 A 31b -表示二價的陰離子性官能基。在此,所謂A 31b -所表示的二價的陰離子性官能基,係指包含上述陰離子部位A 1 -的二價的連結基。作為A 31b -所表示的二價的陰離子性官能基,可舉出例如以下所示的式(AX-4)所表示的二價的陰離子性官能基。 In formula (Ia-3), A 31a - and A 32 - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. In addition, the definition of the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 31a - is the same as that of A 21a - and A 21b - in the above formula (Ia-2), and the preferred aspects are also the same. The monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 32 - means a monovalent group including the above-mentioned anionic moiety A 2 - . The monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 32 - is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include monovalent anions selected from the group consisting of the above formulas (BX-1) to (BX-7) Sexual functional groups. A 31b - represents a divalent anionic functional group. Here, the divalent anionic functional group represented by A 31b - means a divalent linking group including the above-mentioned anionic site A 1 - . Examples of the divalent anionic functional group represented by A 31b - include divalent anionic functional groups represented by the following formula (AX-4).

[化學式36]

Figure 02_image057
[chemical formula 36]
Figure 02_image057

M 31a +、M 31b +及M 32 +分別獨立地表示一價的有機陽離子。M 31a +、M 31b +及M 32 +中的至少一個是如上所述的特定陽離子。 L 31及L 32分別獨立地表示二價的有機基。 M 31a + , M 31b + and M 32 + each independently represent a monovalent organic cation. At least one of M 31a + , M 31b + and M 32 + is the specific cation as described above. L 31 and L 32 each independently represent a divalent organic group.

在上述式(Ia-3)中,將M 31a +、M 31b +及M 32 +所表示的有機陽離子取代為H +而成的化合物PNIa-3中,來自A 32H所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a2大於來自A 31aH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-3及來自A 31bH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-4。再者,酸解離常數a1-3和酸解離常數a1-4相當於上述酸解離常數a1。 再者,A 31a -及A 32 -相互可以相同,亦可以不同。又,M 31a +、M 31b +及M 32 +相互可以相同,亦可以不同。 M 31a +、M 31b +、M 32 +、A 31a -、A 32 -、L 31及L 32的至少一者可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In the above formula (Ia-3), in the compound PNIa-3 obtained by substituting the organic cations represented by M 31a + , M 31b + and M 32 + with H + , the The acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1-3 derived from the acid site represented by A 31a H and the acid dissociation constant a1-4 derived from the acid site represented by A 31b H. In addition, the acid dissociation constant a1-3 and the acid dissociation constant a1-4 correspond to the above-mentioned acid dissociation constant a1. In addition, A 31a - and A 32 - may be the same as or different from each other. Also, M 31a + , M 31b + and M 32 + may be the same as or different from each other. At least one of M 31a + , M 31b + , M 32 + , A 31a - , A 32 - , L 31 and L 32 may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

式(Ia-4)中,A 41a -、A 41b -及A 42 -分別獨立地表示一價的陰離子性官能基。再者,A 41a -及A 41b -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基的定義與上述式(Ia-2)中的A 21a -及A 21b -含義相同。A 42 -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基的定義與上述式(Ia-3)中的A 32 -含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 M 41a +、M 41b +及M 42 +分別獨立地表示有機陽離子。 L 41表示三價的有機基。 In formula (Ia-4), A 41a - , A 41b - and A 42 - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. In addition, the definition of the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 41a - and A 41b - is the same as that of A 21a - and A 21b - in the above formula (Ia-2). The definition of the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 42 - is the same as that of A 32 - in the above formula (Ia-3), and the preferred aspects are also the same. M 41a + , M 41b + and M 42 + each independently represent an organic cation. L 41 represents a trivalent organic group.

在上述式(Ia-4)中,將M 41a +、M 41b +及M 42 +所表示的有機陽離子取代為H +而成的化合物PNIa-4中,來自A 42H所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a2大於來自A 41aH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-5及來自A 41bH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-6。再者,酸解離常數a1-5和酸解離常數a1-6相當於上述酸解離常數a1。 再者,A 41a -、A 41b -及A 42 -相互可以相同,亦可以不同。又,M 41a +、M 41b +及M 42 +相互可以相同,亦可以不同。 M 41a +、M 41b +、M 42 +、A 41a -、A 41b -、A 42 -及L 41的至少一者可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In the above formula (Ia-4), in the compound PNIa-4 obtained by substituting the organic cations represented by M 41a + , M 41b + and M 42 + with H + , the The acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1-5 derived from the acid site represented by A41aH and the acid dissociation constant a1-6 derived from the acid site represented by A41bH . In addition, the acid dissociation constant a1-5 and the acid dissociation constant a1-6 correspond to the above-mentioned acid dissociation constant a1. In addition, A 41a - , A 41b - and A 42 - may be the same as or different from each other. Also, M 41a + , M 41b + and M 42 + may be the same as or different from each other. At least one of M 41a + , M 41b + , M 42 + , A 41a - , A 41b - , A 42 - and L 41 may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

作為式(Ia-2)中的L 21及L 22、以及式(Ia-3)中的L 31及L 32所表示的二價的有機基,並無特別限制,可舉出例如-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~6,可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數2~6)、二價的脂肪族雜環基(較佳為在環結構內具有至少一個N原子、O原子、S原子、或Se原子的5~10員環,更佳為5~7員環,進一步較佳為5~6員環。)、二價的芳香族雜環基(較佳為在環結構內具有至少一個N原子、O原子、S原子或Se原子的5~10員環,更佳為5~7員環,進一步較佳為5~6員環。)、二價的芳香族烴環基(較佳為6~10員環,進一步較佳為6員環。)及將此等組合複數個而成的二價的有機基。上述-NR-中的R可舉出氫原子或一價的有機基。作為一價的有機基,並無特別限制,較佳為例如烷基(較佳為碳數1~6)。 上述伸烷基、上述伸環烷基、上述伸烯基、上述二價的脂肪族雜環基、二價的芳香族雜環基及二價的芳香族烴環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出例如鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。 The divalent organic groups represented by L 21 and L 22 in formula (Ia-2) and L 31 and L 32 in formula (Ia-3) are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include -CO- , -NR-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene (preferably having 1 to 6 carbons, can be linear or branched), cycloalkylene (preferably having 3 to 15 carbons), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 6 carbons), divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group (preferably having at least one N atom, O atom, 5-10 membered ring of S atom or Se atom, more preferably 5-7 membered ring, further preferably 5-6 membered ring.), divalent aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably within the ring structure 5-10 membered rings having at least one N atom, O atom, S atom or Se atom, more preferably 5-7 membered rings, further preferably 5-6 membered rings.), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (Preferably a 6-10-membered ring, more preferably a 6-membered ring.) And a divalent organic group obtained by combining a plurality of these. Examples of R in the above -NR- include a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group is not particularly limited, and is preferably, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms). The above-mentioned alkylene group, the above-mentioned cycloalkylene group, the above-mentioned alkenylene group, the above-mentioned divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, divalent aromatic heterocyclic group and divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned, for example.

作為式(Ia-2)中的L 21及L 22、以及式(Ia-3)中的L 31及L 32所表示的二價的有機基,亦較佳為例如下述式(L2)所表示的二價的有機基。 As the divalent organic groups represented by L 21 and L 22 in formula (Ia-2) and L 31 and L 32 in formula (Ia-3), those represented by, for example, the following formula (L2) are also preferable: Represents a divalent organic radical.

[化學式37]

Figure 02_image059
[chemical formula 37]
Figure 02_image059

式(L2)中,q表示1~3的整數。*表示鍵結位置。 Xf分別獨立地表示氟原子或被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基。該烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~4。作為被至少一個氟原子取代的烷基,較佳為全氟烷基。 Xf較佳為氟原子或碳數1~4的全氟烷基,更佳為氟原子或CF 3。特別是,進一步較佳為兩個Xf為氟原子。 In formula (L2), q represents the integer of 1-3. *Indicates the bonding position. Xf each independently represent a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is further preferred that two of Xf are fluorine atoms.

L A表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 作為L A所表示的二價的連結基,並無特別限制,可舉出例如-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO 2-、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~6。可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、伸環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、二價的芳香族烴環基(較佳為6~10員環,進一步較佳為6員環。)及將此等組合複數個而成的二價的連結基。 上述伸烷基、上述伸環烷基及二價的芳香族烴環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出例如鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。 L A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by L A is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms) It can be linear or branched), cycloalkylene (preferably 3 to 15 carbons), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring (preferably 6 to 10 membered ring, more preferably 6 Member ring.) and a divalent linking group formed by combining a plurality of these. The alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent. As a substituent, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned, for example.

作為式(L2)所表示的二價的有機基,可舉出例如*-CF 2-*、*-CF 2-CF 2-*、*-CF 2-CF 2-CF 2-*、*-Ph-O-SO 2-CF 2-*、*-Ph-O-SO 2-CF 2-CF 2-*、*-Ph-O-SO 2-CF 2-CF 2-CF 2-*及*-Ph-OCO-CF 2-*。再者,所謂Ph可以具有取代基的伸苯基,較佳為1,4-伸苯基。作為取代基,並無特別限制,較佳為烷基(例如較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數1~6。)、烷氧基(例如較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數1~6。)或烷氧羰基(例如較佳為碳數2~10,更佳為碳數2~6。)。 在式(Ia-2)中的L 21及L 22表示式(L2)所表示的二價的有機基的情況下,式(L2)中的L A側的鍵結鍵(*)較佳為與式(Ia-2)中的A 21a -及A 21b -鍵結。 在式(Ia-3)中的L 31及L 32表示式(L2)所表示的二價的有機基的情況下,式(L2)中的L A側的鍵結鍵(*)較佳為與式(Ia-3)中的A 31a -及A 32 -鍵結。 Examples of the divalent organic group represented by the formula (L2) include *-CF 2 -*, *-CF 2 -CF 2 -*, *-CF 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -*, *- Ph-O-SO 2 -CF 2 -*, *-Ph-O-SO 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -*, *-Ph-O-SO 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -* and * -Ph-OCO-CF 2 -*. Furthermore, the phenylene group Ph may have a substituent is preferably 1,4-phenylene group. The substituent is not particularly limited, and is preferably an alkyl group (for example, preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (such as preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, More preferably, it is a carbon number 1-6.) or an alkoxycarbonyl group (for example, Preferably it is a carbon number 2-10, More preferably, it is a carbon number 2-6.). When L 21 and L 22 in the formula (Ia-2) represent a divalent organic group represented by the formula (L2), the bond (*) on the LA side in the formula (L2) is preferably It is bonded to A 21a - and A 21b - in the formula (Ia-2). When L 31 and L 32 in the formula (Ia-3) represent a divalent organic group represented by the formula (L2), the bond (*) on the LA side in the formula (L2) is preferably It is bonded to A 31a - and A 32 - in the formula (Ia-3).

-式(Ia-5)所表示的化合物- 接下來,對式(Ia-5)進行說明。 -Compound represented by formula (Ia-5)- Next, Formula (Ia-5) will be described.

[化學式38]

Figure 02_image061
[chemical formula 38]
Figure 02_image061

式(Ia-5)中,A 51a -、A 51b -及A 51c -分別獨立地表示一價的陰離子性官能基。在此,所謂A 51a -、A 51b -及A 51c -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,係指包含上述陰離子部位A 1 -的一價的基團。作為A 51a -、A 51b -及A 51c -所表示的一價的陰離子性官能基,並無特別限制,可舉出例如選自由上述式(AX-1)~(AX-3)所組成的群組中的一價的陰離子性官能基。 A 52a -及A 52b -表示二價的陰離子性官能基。在此,所謂A 52a -及A 52b -所表示的二價的陰離子性官能基,係指包含上述陰離子部位A 2 -的二價的連結基。作為A 22 -所表示的二價的陰離子性官能基,可舉出例如選自由上述式(BX-8)~(BX-11)所組成的群組中的二價的陰離子性官能基。 In formula (Ia-5), A 51a - , A 51b - and A 51c - each independently represent a monovalent anionic functional group. Here, the monovalent anionic functional group represented by A 51a - , A 51b - and A 51c - refers to a monovalent group including the aforementioned anionic site A 1 - . The monovalent anionic functional groups represented by A 51a - , A 51b - and A 51c - are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those selected from the above formulas (AX-1) to (AX-3). A monovalent anionic functional group in the group. A 52a - and A 52b - represent divalent anionic functional groups. Here, the divalent anionic functional group represented by A 52a - and A 52b - refers to a divalent linking group including the above-mentioned anion site A 2 - . Examples of the divalent anionic functional group represented by A 22 - include divalent anionic functional groups selected from the group consisting of the above formulas (BX-8) to (BX-11).

M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +及M 52b +分別獨立地表示有機陽離子。M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +和M 52b +中的至少一個是如上所述的特定陽離子。 L 51及L 53分別獨立地表示二價的有機基。作為L 51及L 53所表示的二價的有機基,與上述式(Ia-2)中的L 21及L 22含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 L 52表示三價的有機基。作為L 52所表示的三價的有機基,與上述式(Ia-4)中的L 41含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + and M 52b + each independently represent an organic cation. At least one of M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + and M 52b + is the specific cation as described above. L 51 and L 53 each independently represent a divalent organic group. The divalent organic groups represented by L 51 and L 53 have the same meanings as L 21 and L 22 in the above formula (Ia-2), and their preferred aspects are also the same. L 52 represents a trivalent organic group. The trivalent organic group represented by L 52 has the same meaning as that of L 41 in the above formula (Ia-4), and its preferred aspects are also the same.

在上述式(Ia-5)中,將M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +及M 52b +所表示的有機陽離子取代成為H +而成的化合物PNIa-5中,來自A 52aH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a2-1及來自A 52bH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a2-2大於來自A 51aH的酸解離常數a1-1、來自A 51bH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-2及來自A 51cH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-3。再者,酸解離常數a1-1~a1-3相當於上述酸解離常數a1,酸解離常數a2-1及a2-2相當於上述酸解離常數a2。 再者,A 51a -、A 51b -及A 51c -相互可以相同,亦可以不同。又,A 52a -及A 52b -相互可以相同,亦可以不同。M 51a +、M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +及M 52b +相互可以相同,亦可以不同。 M 51b +、M 51c +、M 52a +、M 52b +、A 51a -、A 51b -、A 51c -、L 51、L 52及L 53的至少一者可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In the above formula (Ia-5), the organic cation represented by M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + and M 52b + is replaced by H + in the compound PNIa-5, from A The acid dissociation constant a2-1 of the acid site represented by 52a H and the acid dissociation constant a2-2 from the acid site represented by A 52b H are greater than the acid dissociation constant a1-1 from A 51a H, the acid dissociation constant a1-1 from A 51b H The acid dissociation constant a1-2 of the acid site and the acid dissociation constant a1-3 from the acid site represented by A 51c H. In addition, the acid dissociation constants a1-1 to a1-3 correspond to the above-mentioned acid dissociation constant a1, and the acid dissociation constants a2-1 and a2-2 correspond to the above-mentioned acid dissociation constant a2. In addition, A 51a - , A 51b - and A 51c - may be the same as or different from each other. Also, A 52a - and A 52b - may be the same as or different from each other. M 51a + , M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + and M 52b + may be the same as or different from each other. At least one of M 51b + , M 51c + , M 52a + , M 52b + , A 51a , A 51b , A 51c , L 51 , L 52 and L 53 may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

(化合物(NII)) 化合物(NII)為具有兩個以上的上述結構部位X及一個以上的下述結構部位Z的化合物,其為藉由光化射線或放射線的照射產生包含兩個以上來自上述結構部位X的上述第一酸性部位和上述結構部位Z的酸的化合物。 結構部位Z:能夠將酸中和的非離子性的部位 (compound (NII)) Compound (NII) is a compound having two or more of the above-mentioned structural site X and one or more of the following structural site Z, which is produced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. A compound having an acidic site and an acid of the above structural site Z. Structural site Z: a non-ionic site capable of neutralizing acid

化合物(NII)中,結構部位X的定義、以及A 1 -及M 1 +的定義與上述化合物(NI)中的結構部位X的定義、以及A 1 -及M 1 +的定義含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 In compound (NII), the definition of structural site X, and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + have the same meaning as the definition of structural site X, A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (NI) above, and are more The same goes for good looks.

上述化合物(NII)中將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +取代為H +而成的化合物PNII中,來自將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +取代為H +而成的HA 1所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1的適合範圍與上述化合物PNI中的酸解離常數a1相同。 再者,在化合物(NII)為例如產生具有兩個來自上述結構部位X的上述第一酸性部位和上述結構部位Z的酸的化合物的情況下,化合物PNII相當於「具有兩個HA 1的化合物」。在求得該化合物PNII的酸解離常數的情況下,化合物PNII為「具有一個A 1 -和一個HA 1的化合物」時的酸解離常數及「具有一個A 1 -和一個HA 1的化合物」為「具有兩個A 1 -的化合物」時的酸解離常數相當於酸解離常數a1。 In the above-mentioned compound (NII), in the compound PNII obtained by substituting the above-mentioned cationic site M 1 + in the above-mentioned structural site X with H + , the compound PNII is obtained by substituting the above-mentioned cationic site M 1 + in the above-mentioned structural site X with H + The suitable range of the acid dissociation constant a1 of the acid site represented by HA 1 is the same as the acid dissociation constant a1 in the above-mentioned compound PNI. Furthermore, when the compound (NII) is, for example, a compound that generates an acid having two of the above-mentioned first acidic site from the above-mentioned structural site X and the above-mentioned structural site Z, the compound PNII is equivalent to "a compound having two HA 1 ". In the case of obtaining the acid dissociation constant of the compound PNII, the acid dissociation constant when the compound PNII is "the compound with one A 1 - and one HA 1 " and "the compound with one A 1 - and one HA 1 " is The acid dissociation constant of the "compound having two A 1 - " corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a1.

酸解離常數a1藉由上述酸解離常數的測定方法來求得。 所謂上述化合物PNII相當於在對化合物(NII)照射光化射線或放射線時產生的酸。 再者,上述兩個以上的結構部位X分別可以相同,亦可以不同。兩個以上的上述A 1 -及兩個以上的上述M 1 +分別可以相同,亦可以不同。 The acid dissociation constant a1 was obtained by the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant described above. The above-mentioned compound PNII corresponds to an acid generated when the compound (NII) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. In addition, the above two or more structural sites X may be the same or different. Two or more of the aforementioned A 1 - and two or more of the aforementioned M 1 + may be the same or different.

作為能夠將結構部位Z中的酸中和的非離子性的部位,並無特別限制,較佳為例如能夠與質子進行靜電相互作用的基團或包含具有電子的官能基的部位。 作為能夠與質子進行靜電相互作用的基團或具有電子的官能基,可舉出具有環狀聚醚等大環結構的官能基或具有未參與π共軛的非共用電子對的氮原子的官能基。所謂具有未參與π共軛的非共用電子對的氮原子為例如具有下述式所示的部分結構的氮原子。 The nonionic portion capable of neutralizing the acid in the structural portion Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably, for example, a group capable of electrostatic interaction with protons or a portion containing a functional group having electrons. Examples of groups capable of electrostatic interaction with protons or functional groups having electrons include functional groups having macrocyclic structures such as cyclic polyethers, or functional groups having nitrogen atoms that do not participate in π-conjugated unshared electron pairs. base. A nitrogen atom having a non-shared electron pair that does not participate in π-conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.

[化學式39]

Figure 02_image063
[chemical formula 39]
Figure 02_image063

作為具有能夠與質子進行靜電相互作用的基團或電子的官能基的部分結構,可舉出例如冠醚結構、氮雜冠醚結構、伯胺~叔胺結構、吡啶結構、咪唑結構及吡嗪結構,其中,較佳為伯胺~叔胺結構。Examples of partial structures having groups capable of electrostatic interaction with protons or functional groups of electrons include crown ether structures, azacrown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures. structure, among them, a primary to tertiary amine structure is preferred.

作為化合物(NII),並無特別限制,可舉出例如下述式(IIa-1)及下述式(IIa-2)所表示的化合物。The compound (NII) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formula (IIa-1) and the following formula (IIa-2).

[化學式40]

Figure 02_image065
[chemical formula 40]
Figure 02_image065

上述式(IIa-1)中,A 61a -及A 61b -分別與上述式(Ia-1)中的A 11 -含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。又,M 61a +及M 61b +分別與上述式(Ia-1)中的M 11 +含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 上述式(IIa-1)中,L 61及L 62分別與上述式(Ia-1)中的L 1含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 In the above formula (IIa-1), A 61a - and A 61b - have the same meanings as A 11 - in the above formula (Ia-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. Also, M 61a + and M 61b + have the same meanings as M 11 + in the above formula (Ia-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In the above formula (IIa-1), L 61 and L 62 have the same meanings as L 1 in the above formula (Ia-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.

式(IIa-1)中,R 2X表示一價的有機基。作為R 2X所表示的一價的有機基,並無特別限制,可舉出烷基(較佳為碳數1~10,可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)或烯基(較佳為碳數2~6)。R 2X所表示的一價的有機基中的烷基、環烷基及烯基中所含的-CH 2-可以被選自由-CO-、-NH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-及-SO 2-所組成的群組中的一種或兩種以上的組合取代。 上述伸烷基、上述伸環烷基及上述伸烯基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,並無特別限制,可舉出例如鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)。 In formula (IIa-1), R 2X represents a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group represented by R2X is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include alkyl (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched), cycloalkyl (preferably carbon number 3-15) or alkenyl (preferably carbon number 2-6). The -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and alkenyl group in the monovalent organic group represented by R 2X can be selected from -CO-, -NH-, -O-, -S-, - One or a combination of two or more of the group consisting of SO- and -SO 2 - is substituted. The above-mentioned alkylene group, the above-mentioned cycloalkylene group, and the above-mentioned alkenylene group may have a substituent. It does not specifically limit as a substituent, For example, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) is mentioned.

在上述式(IIa-1)中,將M 61a +及M 61b +所表示的有機陽離子取代為H +而成的化合物PNIIa-1中國,來自A 61aH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-7及來自A 61bH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-8相當於上述酸解離常數a1。 再者,上述式(IIa-1)中將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 61a +及M 61b +取代為H +而成的化合物PNIIa-1相當於HA 61a-L 61-N(R 2X)-L 62-A 61bH。又,化合物PNIIa-1與藉由光化射線或放射線的照射由式(IIa-1)所表示的化合物產生式的酸相同。 M 61a +、M 61b +、A 61a -、A 61b -、L 61、L 62及R 2X的至少一者可以具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In the above formula (IIa-1), the compound PNIIa-1, which is obtained by substituting the organic cations represented by M 61a + and M 61b + with H + , has an acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by A 61a H -7 and the acid dissociation constant a1-8 derived from the acid site represented by A 61b H correspond to the above-mentioned acid dissociation constant a1. Furthermore, in the above formula (IIa-1), the compound PNIIa-1 obtained by substituting the above-mentioned cationic sites M 61a + and M 61b + in the above-mentioned structural site X with H + corresponds to HA 61a -L 61 -N(R 2X ) -L 62 -A 61b H. Also, compound PNIIa-1 is the same as the acid of formula (IIa-1) produced from the compound represented by formula (IIa-1) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. At least one of M 61a + , M 61b + , A 61a - , A 61b - , L 61 , L 62 and R 2X may have an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

上述式(IIa-2)中,A 71a -、A 71b -及A 71c -分別與上述式(Ia-1)中的A 11 -含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。M 71a +、M 71b +及M 71c +分別與上述式(Ia-1)中的M 11 +含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 上述式(IIa-2)中,L 71、L 72及L 73分別與上述式(Ia-1)中的L 1含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 In the above formula (IIa-2), A 71a - , A 71b - and A 71c - have the same meanings as A 11 - in the above formula (Ia-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. M 71a + , M 71b + , and M 71c + have the same meanings as M 11 + in the above formula (Ia-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In the above formula (IIa-2), L 71 , L 72 , and L 73 have the same meanings as L 1 in the above formula (Ia-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.

在上述式(IIa-2)中,將M 71a +、M 71b +及M 71c +所表示的有機陽離子取代為H +而成的化合物PNIIa-2中,來自A 71aH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-9、來自A 71bH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-10及來自A 71cH所表示的酸性部位的酸解離常數a1-11相當於上述酸解離常數a1。 再者,上述式(IIa-1)中將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 71a +、M 71b +及M 71c +取代為H +而成的化合物PNIIa-2相當於HA 71a-L 71-N(L 73-A 71cH)-L 72-A 71bH。又,化合物PNIIa-2與藉由光化射線或放射線的照射由式(IIa-2)所表示的化合物產生的酸相同。 M 71a +、M 71b +、M 71c +、A 71a -、A 71b -、A 71c -、L 71、L 72及L 73的至少一者具有酸分解性基作為取代基。 In the above formula (IIa-2), in the compound PNIIa-2 obtained by substituting the organic cations represented by M 71a + , M 71b + and M 71c + with H + , the The acid dissociation constant a1-9, the acid dissociation constant a1-10 derived from the acid site represented by A 71b H, and the acid dissociation constant a1-11 derived from the acid site represented by A 71c H correspond to the above-mentioned acid dissociation constant a1. Furthermore, the compound PNIIa-2 obtained by substituting the above-mentioned cationic sites M 71a + , M 71b + and M 71c + in the above-mentioned structural site X in the above-mentioned formula (IIa-1) with H + corresponds to HA 71a -L 71 -N( L73 - A71cH ) -L72 - A71bH . Also, compound PNIIa-2 is the same acid that is generated from the compound represented by formula (IIa-2) by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. At least one of M 71a + , M 71b + , M 71c + , A 71a , A 71b , A 71c , L 71 , L 72 and L 73 has an acid decomposable group as a substituent.

以下例示化合物(NI)及化合物(NII)所能具有的除陽離子以外的部位。The sites other than the cation that the compound (NI) and the compound (NII) can have are exemplified below.

[化學式41]

Figure 02_image067
[chemical formula 41]
Figure 02_image067

[化學式42]

Figure 02_image069
[chemical formula 42]
Figure 02_image069

在本發明的組成物中,化合物(N)可以單獨使用或併用兩種以上。In the composition of the present invention, the compound (N) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

本發明的組成物中的化合物(N)的含量沒有特別限定。 例如,在使用化合物(N)作為光酸產生劑的情況下,本發明的組成物中的化合物(N)的含量相對於本發明的組成物的全部固體成分較佳為0.5質量%以上,更佳為1.0質量%以上。本發明的組成物中的化合物(N)的含量相對於本發明的組成物的全部固體成分較佳為55.0質量%以下,更佳為30.0質量%以下,進一步較佳為25.0質量%以下。 此外,例如,當化合物(N)用作酸擴散控制劑時,本發明的組成物中的化合物(N)的含量相對於本發明的組成物的全部固體成分較佳為0.1~15.0質量%,更佳為1.0~15.0質量%。 The content of the compound (N) in the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, when the compound (N) is used as the photoacid generator, the content of the compound (N) in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.5% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, more preferably Preferably, it is at least 1.0% by mass. The content of the compound (N) in the composition of the present invention is preferably 55.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less, further preferably 25.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. In addition, for example, when the compound (N) is used as an acid diffusion control agent, the content of the compound (N) in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, More preferably, it is 1.0-15.0 mass %.

<藉由酸的作用而極性增大的樹脂(A)> 關於藉由酸的作用而極性增大的樹脂(A)(亦簡單地稱為「樹脂(A)」)進行描述。 樹脂(A)通常包含藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大的基團(亦稱為「酸分解性基」。),較佳為包含具有酸分解性基的重複單元。在樹脂(A)具有酸分解性基的情況下,在本說明書的圖案形成方法中,典型而言,採用鹼性顯影液作為顯影液時,適合形成正型圖案,採用有機系顯影液作為顯影液時,適合形成負型圖案。 作為具有酸分解性基的重複單元,除後述的具有酸分解性基的重複單元以外,亦較佳為具有包含不飽和鍵的酸分解性基的重複單元。 <Resin (A) whose polarity is increased by the action of acid> The resin (A) whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid (also simply referred to as "resin (A)") will be described. The resin (A) usually contains a group whose polarity increases when it is decomposed by the action of an acid (also called "acid decomposable group"), and preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid decomposable group. In the case where the resin (A) has an acid-decomposable group, in the pattern forming method of this specification, typically, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, it is suitable for forming a positive pattern, and an organic developer is used as the developer. When liquid, it is suitable for negative pattern formation. As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, in addition to the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group described later, a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group including an unsaturated bond is also preferable.

(具有酸分解性基的重複單元) 所謂酸分解性基,係指藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大的基團。酸分解性基較佳為具有由藉由酸的作用脫離的基團(脫離基)保護極性基團而成的結構。即,樹脂(A)具有重複單元,該重複單元具有藉由酸的作用分解而產生極性基團的基團。具有該重複單元的樹脂藉由酸的作用極性增大而對鹼性顯影液的溶解度增大,對有機溶劑的溶解度減少。 作為極性基團,較佳為鹼可溶性基團,可舉出例如:羧基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基、磺酸基、磷酸基、磺醯胺基、磺醯亞胺基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)伸甲基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基羰基)伸甲基、雙(烷基羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基磺醯基)伸甲基、雙(烷基磺醯)伸胺基、三(烷基羰基)伸甲基及三(烷基磺醯基)伸甲基等酸性基團;以及醇性羥基。 其中,作為極性基團,較佳為羧基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基(較佳為六氟異丙醇基)或磺酸基。 (repeating units with acid decomposable groups) The term "acid decomposable group" refers to a group whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid. The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group detached by the action of an acid (leaving group). That is, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. The resin with this repeating unit has increased polarity due to the action of acid, so the solubility to alkaline developer solution increases, and the solubility to organic solvent decreases. As the polar group, preferably an alkali-soluble group, for example: carboxyl group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonimide group, (alkyl Sulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylidene, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imidene, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylidene, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imidene , bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylidene, bis(alkylsulfonyl)amidoidene, tri(alkylcarbonyl)methylidene and tri(alkylsulfonyl)methidemide and other acidic groups; and alcoholic hydroxyl groups. Among them, the polar group is preferably a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group.

作為藉由酸的作用脫離的基團,可舉出例如由式(Y1)~(Y4)表示的基團。 式(Y1):-C(Rx 1)(Rx 2)(Rx 3) 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx 1)(Rx 2)(Rx 3) 式(Y3):-C(R 36)(R 37)(OR 38) 式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar) Examples of groups detached by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4). Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 ) Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 ) Formula (Y3): -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 38 ) Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)

式(Y1)及式(Y2)中,Rx 1~Rx 3分別獨立地表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、環烷基(單環或多環)、烯基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)或芳基(單環或多環)。再者,在Rx 1~Rx 3的全部皆為烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)時,Rx 1~Rx 3中的至少兩個較佳為甲基。 其中,較佳為Rx 1~Rx 3分別獨立地表示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基,更佳為Rx 1~Rx 3分別獨立地表示直鏈狀的烷基。 Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個可以鍵結而形成單環或多環。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及叔丁基等碳數1~5的烷基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、以及降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的芳基,較佳為碳數6~10的芳基,可舉出例如苯基、萘基及蒽基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的烯基,較佳為乙烯基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環,較佳為環烷基。作為Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基,較佳為環戊基或環己基等單環的環烷基、或者降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基或金剛烷基等多環的環烷基,更佳為碳數5~6的單環的環烷基。 對於Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基而言,構成環的伸甲基中的一個可以被氧原子等雜原子、羰基等包含雜原子的基團或伸乙烯基取代。此等環烷基的構成環烷烴環的伸乙基中的一個以上可以被伸乙烯基取代。 由式(Y1)或式(Y2)表示的基團較佳為例如Rx 1為甲基或乙基、且Rx 2與Rx 3鍵結而形成上述的環烷基的態樣。 在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物為例如EUV曝光用光阻組成物的情況下,由Rx 1~Rx 3表示的烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳基及Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環亦較佳為進一步具有氟原子或碘原子作為取代基。 In formula (Y1) and formula (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), cycloalkyl (monocyclic or polycyclic), alkenyl (linear or branched) or aryl (monocyclic or polycyclic). Furthermore, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups. Among them, it is preferable that Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and it is more preferable that Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to form a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. The alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and tert-butyl group. As the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, and polycyclic groups such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl are preferable. Cycloalkyl rings. The aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyl, naphthyl and anthracenyl. The alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a vinyl group. A ring formed as two bonds among Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group formed as two bonds among Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl group or cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecyl group, etc. A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an alkyl group or an adamantyl group is more preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. For a cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylene group. replace. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more ethylidene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be substituted with vinylene groups. The group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2) is preferably such that, for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the aforementioned cycloalkyl group. When the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is, for example, a photoresist composition for EUV exposure, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 and Rx 1 to Rx The ring formed by bonding two of 3 also preferably has a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.

式(Y3)中,R 36~R 38分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的有機基。R 37與R 38可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為一價的有機基,可舉出烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基。R 36亦較佳為氫原子。 再者,在上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基中亦可以包含氧原子等雜原子和/或羰基等包含雜原子的基團。例如,在上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基中,伸甲基中的一個以上可以被氧原子等雜原子和/或羰基等包含雜原子的基團取代。 R 38可以與重複單元的主鏈所具有的另外的取代基相互鍵結而形成環。R 38與重複單元的主鏈所具有的另外的取代基相互鍵結而形成的基團較佳為伸甲基等伸烷基。 在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物為例如EUV曝光用光阻組成物的情況下,由R 36~R 38表示的一價的有機基及R 37與R 38相互鍵結而形成的環亦較佳為進一步具有氟原子或碘原子作為取代基。 In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As a monovalent organic group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group are mentioned. R 36 is also preferably a hydrogen atom. Furthermore, heteroatoms such as an oxygen atom and/or groups containing heteroatoms such as a carbonyl group may be contained in the above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group. For example, among the aforementioned alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, and aralkyl groups, one or more methylene groups may be substituted with heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms and/or heteroatom-containing groups such as carbonyl groups. R 38 may be bonded to another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring. The group formed by bonding R 38 and another substituent in the main chain of the repeating unit is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group. When the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is, for example, a photoresist composition for EUV exposure, a monovalent organic group represented by R 36 to R 38 and R 37 and R 38 are bonded to each other. It is also preferable that the ring further has a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.

作為式(Y3),較佳為由下述式(Y3-1)表示的基團。As formula (Y3), a group represented by the following formula (Y3-1) is preferable.

[化學式43]

Figure 02_image071
[chemical formula 43]
Figure 02_image071

其中,L 1及L 2分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基或將此等組合而成的基團(例如將烷基和芳基組合而成的基團)。 M表示單鍵或二價的連結基。 Q表示可以包含雜原子的烷基、可以包含雜原子的環烷基、可以包含雜原子的芳基、胺基、銨基、巰基、氰基、醛基、或者將此等組合而成的基團(例如將烷基和環烷基組合而成的基團)。 烷基及環烷基中,例如其中一個伸甲基可以被氧原子等雜原子或羰基等包含雜原子的基團取代。 再者,較佳為L 1及L 2中的一者為氫原子、另一者為烷基、環烷基、芳基或將伸烷基和芳基組合而成的基團。 Q、M及L 1中的至少兩個可以鍵結而形成環(較佳為5員或6員環)。 在圖案的微細化的方面,L 2較佳為二級或三級烷基,更佳為三級烷基。作為二級烷基,可舉出異丙基、環己基及降冰片基,作為三級烷基,可舉出叔丁基及金剛烷基。在此等態樣中,Tg(玻璃轉移溫度)及活化能變高,因此除確保膜強度外,亦能夠抑制灰霧。 Wherein, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination thereof (for example, a combination of an alkyl group and an aryl group). M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Q represents an alkyl group that may contain heteroatoms, a cycloalkyl group that may contain heteroatoms, an aryl group that may contain heteroatoms, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, or a combination of these groups (for example, groups formed by combining alkyl and cycloalkyl). In an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group, for example, one of the methylene groups may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group. Furthermore, it is preferable that one of L 1 and L 2 is a hydrogen atom, and the other is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group. At least two of Q, M and L may be bonded to form a ring (preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring). In terms of pattern miniaturization, L 2 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group, more preferably a tertiary alkyl group. Examples of the secondary alkyl group include isopropyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group, and examples of the tertiary alkyl group include t-butyl group and adamantyl group. In these aspects, Tg (glass transition temperature) and activation energy become high, so not only film strength is ensured, but also fogging can be suppressed.

在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物為例如EUV曝光用光阻組成物的情況下,L 1及L 2所表示的烷基、環烷基、芳基及將此等組合而成的基團亦較佳為進一步具有氟原子或碘原子作為取代基。亦較佳為在上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基中除氟原子及碘原子以外亦包含氧原子等雜原子。具體而言,上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基中,例如其中一個伸甲基可以被氧原子等雜原子、或羰基等包含雜原子的基團取代。 在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物為例如EUV曝光用光阻組成物的情況下,Q所表示的可以包含雜原子的烷基、可以包含雜原子的環烷基、可以包含雜原子的芳基、胺基、銨基、巰基、氰基、醛基及將此等組合而成的基團中,作為雜原子,較佳為選自氟原子、碘原子及氧原子中的雜原子。 When the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is, for example, a photoresist composition for EUV exposure, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group represented by L1 and L2 and combinations thereof It is also preferable that the group further has a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent. It is also preferable that the above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group contain heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms in addition to fluorine atoms and iodine atoms. Specifically, among the above-mentioned alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, and aralkyl groups, for example, one methylene group may be substituted by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group. When the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is, for example, a photoresist composition for EUV exposure, Q represents an alkyl group that may contain a heteroatom, a cycloalkyl group that may contain a heteroatom, a cycloalkyl group that may contain a heteroatom In the aryl group, amino group, ammonium group, mercapto group, cyano group, aldehyde group and the group formed by combining them, the heteroatom is preferably a heteroatom selected from fluorine atom, iodine atom and oxygen atom .

式(Y4)中,Ar表示芳香環基。Rn表示烷基、環烷基或芳基。Rn與Ar可以相互鍵結而形成非芳香族環。作為Ar,較佳為芳基。 在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物為例如EUV曝光用光阻組成物的情況下,亦較佳為Ar所表示的芳香環基以及Rn所表示的烷基、環烷基及芳基具有氟原子或碘原子作為取代基。 In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is preferably an aryl group. When the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is, for example, a photoresist composition for EUV exposure, it is also preferably an aromatic ring group represented by Ar and an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group represented by Rn. It has a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.

從重複單元的酸分解性優異的方面出發,亦較佳為:在保護極性基團的脫離基中,非芳香族環與極性基團(或其殘基)直接鍵結時,上述非芳香族環中的、與同上述極性基團(或其殘基)直接鍵結的環員原子鄰接的環員原子不具有氟原子等鹵素原子作為取代基。From the viewpoint of excellent acid decomposability of the repeating unit, it is also preferable that, in the leaving group protecting the polar group, when the non-aromatic ring is directly bonded to the polar group (or its residue), the above-mentioned non-aromatic The ring member atom adjacent to the ring member atom directly bonded to the polar group (or its residue) in the ring does not have a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom as a substituent.

除此以外,藉由酸的作用脫離的基團亦可以為如3-甲基-2-環戊烯基般的具有取代基(烷基等)的2-環戊烯基及如1,1,4,4-四甲基環己基般的具有取代基(烷基等)的環己基。In addition, the group released by the action of acid can also be 2-cyclopentenyl with substituents (alkyl, etc.) like 3-methyl-2-cyclopentenyl and 1,1 , 4,4-Tetramethylcyclohexyl-like cyclohexyl with substituents (alkyl, etc.).

作為具有酸分解性基的重複單元,亦較佳為由式(A)表示的重複單元。The repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is also preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (A).

[化學式44]

Figure 02_image073
[chemical formula 44]
Figure 02_image073

L 1表示可以具有氟原子或碘原子的二價的連結基,R 1表示氫原子、氟原子、碘原子、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基,R 2表示藉由酸的作用脫離且可以具有氟原子或碘原子的脫離基。其中,L 1、R 1及R 2中的至少一個具有氟原子或碘原子。 作為L 1所表示的可以具有氟原子或碘原子的二價的連結基,可舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO 2-、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烴基(例如伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基等)及此等複數個連結而成的連結基。其中,作為L 1,較佳為-CO-、伸芳基、或者-伸芳基-氟原子或具有碘原子的伸烷基-,更佳為-CO-、或者-伸芳基-氟原子或具有碘原子的伸烷基-。 作為伸芳基,較佳為伸苯基。 伸烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。伸烷基的碳數並無特別限制,但較佳為1~10,更佳為1~3。 具有氟原子或碘原子的伸烷基中所含的氟原子及碘原子的總數並無特別限制,但較佳為2以上,更佳為2~10,進一步較佳為3~6。 L 1 represents a divalent linking group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, and R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, an alkyl group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or an aromatic group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R2 represents a leaving group that is released by the action of an acid and may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. However, at least one of L 1 , R 1 and R 2 has a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. Examples of divalent linking groups that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom represented by L 1 include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, and may have a fluorine atom or iodine atom. Atomic hydrocarbon groups (such as alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene and arylylene, etc.) and a linking group formed by linking a plurality of these. Among them, as L 1 , preferably -CO-, arylylene, or -arylylene-fluorine atom or iodine atom-containing alkene-, more preferably -CO-, or -arylylene-fluorine atom Or an alkylene group- having an iodine atom. The arylylene group is preferably a phenylene group. The alkylene group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkylene group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3. The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2-10, and still more preferably 3-6.

R 1所表示的烷基可以為直鏈狀,亦可以為支鏈狀。烷基的碳數並無特別限制,但較佳為1~10,更佳為1~3。 R 1所表示的具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基中所含的、氟原子及碘原子的總數並無特別限制,但較佳為1以上,更佳為1~5,進一步較佳為1~3。 R 1所表示的烷基可以包含除鹵素原子以外的氧原子等雜原子。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3. The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkyl group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom represented by R1 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 ~3. The alkyl group represented by R 1 may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms other than halogen atoms.

作為R 2所表示的可以具有氟原子或碘原子的脫離基,可舉出由上述式(Y1)~(Y4)表示且具有氟原子或碘原子的脫離基。 Examples of the leaving group represented by R 2 that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom include leaving groups represented by the above formulas (Y1) to (Y4) that have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.

作為具有酸分解性基的重複單元,亦較佳為由式(AI)表示的重複單元。As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit represented by formula (AI) is also preferable.

[化學式45]

Figure 02_image075
[chemical formula 45]
Figure 02_image075

式(AI)中,Xa 1表示氫原子或可以具有取代基的烷基。T表示單鍵或二價的連結基。Rx 1~Rx 3分別獨立地表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、環烷基(單環或多環)、烯基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)或芳基(單環或多環)。其中,在Rx 1~Rx 3的全部皆為烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)的情況下,Rx 1~Rx 3中的至少兩個較佳為甲基。 Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個可以鍵結而形成單環或多環(單環或多環的環烷基等)。 In formula (AI), Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group. T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Rx 1 to Rx 3 independently represent alkyl (straight-chain or branched), cycloalkyl (monocyclic or polycyclic), alkenyl (straight-chain or branched) or aryl (monocyclic or polycyclic). Among them, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring (monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, etc.).

作為由Xa 1表示的、可以具有取代基的烷基,可舉出例如甲基或-CH 2-R 11所表示的基團。R 11表示鹵素原子(氟原子等)、羥基或一價的有機基。作為R 11所表示的一價的有機基,可舉出例如可以被鹵素原子取代的碳數5以下的烷基、可以被鹵素原子取代的碳數5以下的醯基及可以被鹵素原子取代的碳數5以下的烷氧基,較佳為碳數3以下的烷基,更佳為甲基。作為Xa 1,較佳為氫原子、甲基、三氟甲基或羥基甲基。 Examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group represented by Xa 1 include a methyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —R 11 . R 11 represents a halogen atom (fluorine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R include an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom, an acyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom, and an acyl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom. The alkoxy group having 5 or less carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group. Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.

作為T的二價的連結基,可舉出伸烷基、芳香環基、-COO-Rt-基及-O-Rt-基。式中,Rt表示伸烷基或伸環烷基。 T較佳為單鍵或-COO-Rt-基。在T表示-COO-Rt-基的情況下,作為Rt,較佳為碳數1~5的伸烷基,更佳為-CH 2-基、-(CH 22-基或-(CH 23-基。 Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, an aromatic ring group, a -COO-Rt- group, and a -O-Rt- group. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene or cycloalkylene group. T is preferably a single bond or a -COO-Rt- group. When T represents a -COO-Rt- group, Rt is preferably an alkylene group with 1 to 5 carbons, more preferably a -CH 2 - group, -(CH 2 ) 2 - group or -(CH 2 ) 3 -base.

作為Rx 1~Rx 3的烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及叔丁基等碳數1~4的烷基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、或降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的芳基,較佳為碳數6~10的芳基,可舉出例如苯基、萘基及蒽基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3的烯基,較佳為乙烯基。 作為Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基。又,亦較佳為降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。其中,較佳為碳數5~6的單環的環烷基。 Rx 1~Rx 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基中,例如,構成環的伸甲基中的一個可以被氧原子等雜原子、羰基等包含雜原子的基團或伸乙烯基取代。又,此等環烷基中,構成環烷烴環的伸乙基中的一個以上可以被伸乙烯基取代。 由式(AI)表示的重複單元較佳為例如Rx 1為甲基或乙基、且Rx 2與Rx 3鍵結而形成上述的環烷基的態樣。 The alkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and tert-butyl group. The cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, or a polycyclic group such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, or adamantyl. Cycloalkyl rings. The aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyl, naphthyl and anthracenyl. The alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a vinyl group. As the cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl are preferable. Also, polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl are also preferred. Among them, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred. Among the cycloalkyl groups formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylene group. replace. In addition, in these cycloalkyl groups, one or more ethylidene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be substituted with vinylene groups. The repeating unit represented by formula (AI) is preferably such that, for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the aforementioned cycloalkyl group.

在上述各基團具有取代基的情況下,作為取代基,可舉出例如烷基(碳數1~4)、鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基(碳數1~4)、羧基及烷氧羰基(碳數2~6)。取代基中的碳數較佳為8以下。When each of the above groups has a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxy group. Carbonyl (carbon number 2-6). The number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.

作為由式(AI)表示的重複單元,較佳為酸分解性(甲基)丙烯酸三級烷基酯系重複單元(Xa 1表示氫原子或甲基、且T表示單鍵的重複單元)。 The repeating unit represented by the formula (AI) is preferably an acid-decomposable tertiary alkyl (meth)acrylate repeating unit (a repeating unit in which Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group and T represents a single bond).

以下示出具有酸分解性基的重複單元的具體例,但並不限定於此。再者,式中,Xa 1表示H、CH 3、CF 3或CH 2OH,Rxa及Rxb分別獨立地表示碳數1~5的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group are shown below, but are not limited thereto. In addition, in the formula, Xa 1 represents H, CH 3 , CF 3 or CH 2 OH, and Rxa and Rxb each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

[化學式46]

Figure 02_image077
[chemical formula 46]
Figure 02_image077

[化學式47]

Figure 02_image079
[chemical formula 47]
Figure 02_image079

[化學式48]

Figure 02_image081
[chemical formula 48]
Figure 02_image081

[化學式49]

Figure 02_image083
[chemical formula 49]
Figure 02_image083

[化學式50]

Figure 02_image085
[chemical formula 50]
Figure 02_image085

樹脂(A)可以具備具有包含不飽和鍵的酸分解性基的重複單元作為具有酸分解性基的重複單元。 作為具有包含不飽和鍵的酸分解性基的重複單元,較佳為由式(B)表示的重複單元。 The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group including an unsaturated bond as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. The repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (B).

[化學式51]

Figure 02_image087
[chemical formula 51]
Figure 02_image087

式(B)中,Xb表示氫原子、鹵素原子或可以具有取代基的烷基。L表示單鍵或可以具有取代基的二價的連結基。Ry 1~Ry 3分別獨立地表示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、單環狀或多環狀的環烷基、烯基、炔基、或者單環或多環的芳基。其中,Ry 1~Ry 3中的至少一個表示烯基、炔基、單環或多環的環烯基、或者單環或多環的芳基。 Ry 1~Ry 3中的兩個可以鍵結而形成單環或多環(單環或多環的環烷基、環烯基等)。 In formula (B), Xb represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group which may have a substituent. Ry 1 to Ry 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aryl group. Among them, at least one of Ry 1 to Ry 3 represents an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkenyl group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aryl group. Two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 may be bonded to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring (monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, cycloalkenyl group, etc.).

作為由Xb表示的、可以具有取代基的烷基,可舉出例如甲基或-CH 2-R 11所表示的基團。R 11表示鹵素原子(氟原子等)、羥基或一價的有機基,可舉出例如可以被鹵素原子取代的碳數5以下的烷基、可以被鹵素原子取代的碳數5以下的醯基及可以被鹵素原子取代的碳數5以下的烷氧基,較佳為碳數3以下的烷基,更佳為甲基。作為Xb,較佳為氫原子、氟原子、甲基、三氟甲基或羥基甲基。 Examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group represented by Xb include a methyl group or a group represented by -CH 2 -R 11 . R11 represents a halogen atom (fluorine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group, for example, an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms that may be substituted by a halogen atom, and an acyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms that may be substituted by a halogen atom and an alkoxy group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom, preferably an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group. Xb is preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.

作為L的二價的連結基,可舉出-Rt-基、-CO-基、-COO-Rt-基、-COO-Rt-CO-基、-Rt-CO-基及-O-Rt-基。式中,Rt表示伸烷基、伸環烷基或芳香環基,較佳為芳香環基。 作為L,較佳為-Rt-基、-CO-基、-COO-Rt-CO-基或-Rt-CO-基。Rt可以具有鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基等取代基。 Examples of divalent linking groups for L include -Rt-, -CO-, -COO-Rt-, -COO-Rt-CO-, -Rt-CO-, and -O-Rt- base. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an aromatic ring group, preferably an aromatic ring group. L is preferably a -Rt- group, -CO- group, -COO-Rt-CO- group or -Rt-CO- group. Rt may have a substituent such as a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or an alkoxy group.

作為Ry 1~Ry 3的烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及叔丁基等碳數1~4的烷基。 作為Ry 1~Ry 3的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、或者降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。 作為Ry 1~Ry 3的芳基,較佳為碳數6~10的芳基,可舉出例如苯基、萘基及蒽基。 作為Ry 1~Ry 3的烯基,較佳為乙烯基。 作為Ry 1~Ry 3的炔基,較佳為乙炔基。 作為Ry 1~Ry 3的環烯基,較佳為在環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基的一部分中包含雙鍵的結構。 作為Ry 1~Ry 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基,較佳為環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、或者降冰片基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基。其中,更佳為碳數5~6的單環的環烷基。 Ry 1~Ry 3中的兩個鍵結而形成的環烷基或環烯基中,例如構成環的伸甲基中的一個可以被氧原子等雜原子、羰基、-SO 2 -基及-SO 3 -基等包含雜原子的基團、伸乙烯基或此等的組合取代。又,此等環烷基或環烯基中,構成環烷烴環或環烯烴環的伸乙基中的一個以上可以被伸乙烯基取代。 由式(B)表示的重複單元較佳為例如Ry 1為甲基、乙基、乙烯基、烯丙基或芳基、且Ry 2與Ry 3鍵結而形成上述的環烷基或環烯基的態樣。 The alkyl group of Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and tert-butyl group. The cycloalkyl group of Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, or a polycyclic group such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, or adamantyl. Cycloalkyl rings. The aryl group of Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyl, naphthyl and anthracenyl. The alkenyl group for Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably vinyl. The alkynyl group for Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably an ethynyl group. The cycloalkenyl group of Ry 1 to Ry 3 preferably has a structure including a double bond in a part of a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. The cycloalkyl group formed by two bonds among Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, or norbornyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, etc. Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as alkyl groups and adamantyl groups. Among them, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Among the cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl groups formed by bonding two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, a -SO 2 - group, and a - It is substituted by a heteroatom-containing group such as an SO 3 - group, a vinylene group, or a combination thereof. In addition, in these cycloalkyl groups or cycloalkenyl groups, one or more ethylidene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring or cycloalkene ring may be substituted with vinylene groups. The repeating unit represented by formula (B) is preferably, for example, Ry 1 is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, allyl or aryl, and Ry 2 and Ry 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl or cycloalkene base form.

在上述各基團具有取代基的情況下,作為取代基,可舉出例如烷基(碳數1~4)、鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基(碳數1~4)、羧基及烷氧羰基(碳數2~6)。取代基中的碳數較佳為8以下。When each of the above groups has a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxy group. Carbonyl (carbon number 2-6). The number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.

作為由式(B)表示的重複單元,較佳為酸分解性(甲基)丙烯酸三級酯系重複單元(Xb表示氫原子或甲基、且L表示-CO-基的重複單元)、酸分解性羥基苯乙烯三級烷基醚系重複單元(Xb表示氫原子或甲基、且L表示苯基的重複單元)、酸分解性苯乙烯羧酸三級酯系重複單元(Xb表示氫原子或甲基、且L表示-Rt-CO-基(Rt為芳香族基)的重複單元)。As the repeating unit represented by formula (B), acid-decomposable (meth)acrylate tertiary ester repeating units (Xb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L represents a -CO- group repeating unit), acid Decomposable hydroxystyrene tertiary alkyl ether repeating unit (Xb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L represents a phenyl repeating unit), acid decomposable styrene carboxylic acid tertiary ester repeating unit (Xb represents a hydrogen atom Or methyl, and L represents the repeating unit of -Rt-CO- group (Rt is an aromatic group).

相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,具有包含不飽和鍵的酸分解性基的重複單元的含量較佳為15莫耳%以上,更佳為20莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為30莫耳%以上。又,作為其上限值,相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為60莫耳%以下。The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond is preferably at least 15 mol %, more preferably at least 20 mol %, and still more preferably 30 mol %, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). More than mole%. Also, the upper limit is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and further preferably 60 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A).

以下示出具有包含不飽和鍵的酸分解性基的重複單元的具體例,但並不限定於此。再者,式中,Xb及L 1表示上述記載的取代基、連結基中的任一者,Ar表示芳香族基,R表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR’’’或-COOR’’’,R’’’為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基等取代基,R’表示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、單環狀或多環狀的環烷基、烯基、炔基、或者單環或多環的芳基,Q表示氧原子等雜原子、羰基、-SO 2-基及-SO 3-基等包含雜原子的基團、伸乙烯基、或者此等的組合,n、m及l表示0以上的整數。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond are shown below, but are not limited thereto. Furthermore, in the formula, Xb and L1 represent any one of the above-mentioned substituents and linking groups, Ar represents an aromatic group, R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, Alkenyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, acyloxy, cyano, nitro, amino, halogen atom, ester (-OCOR''' or -COOR''', R''' is 1 to 20 carbons Alkyl or fluorinated alkyl) or carboxyl and other substituents, R'represents linear or branched alkyl, monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or monocyclic Or a polycyclic aryl group, Q represents a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, a group containing a heteroatom such as a -SO 2 -base and a -SO 3 -base, a vinylene group, or a combination thereof, n, m and l represents an integer of 0 or more.

[化學式52]

Figure 02_image089
[chemical formula 52]
Figure 02_image089

[化學式53]

Figure 02_image091
[chemical formula 53]
Figure 02_image091

[化學式54]

Figure 02_image093
[chemical formula 54]
Figure 02_image093

[化學式55]

Figure 02_image095
[chemical formula 55]
Figure 02_image095

相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,具有酸分解性基的重複單元的含量較佳為15莫耳%以上,更佳為20莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為30莫耳%以上。又,作為其上限值,相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,較佳為90莫耳%以下,更佳為80莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為70莫耳%以下,特佳為60莫耳%以下。The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably at least 15 mol%, more preferably at least 20 mol%, and further preferably at least 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). Also, the upper limit thereof is preferably at most 90 mol%, more preferably at most 80 mol%, further preferably at most 70 mol%, with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A), particularly preferably It is less than 60 mole%.

樹脂(A)可以包含選自由以下的A群組所組成的群組中的至少一種重複單元、和/或選自由以下的B群組所組成的群組中的至少一種重複單元。 A群組:由以下的(20)~(25)的重複單元所組成的群組。 (20)後述的、具有酸基的重複單元 (21)後述的、不具有酸分解性基及酸基中的任一者而具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子的重複單元 (22)後述的、具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元 (23)後述的、具有光產酸基團的重複單元 (24)後述的、由式(V-1)或下述式(V-2)表示的重複單元 (25)用於使主鏈的運動性降低的重複單元 再者,後述的、由式(A)~式(E)表示的重複單元相當於(25)用於使主鏈的運動性降低的重複單元。 B群組:由以下的(30)~(32)的重複單元所組成的群組。 (30)後述的、具有選自內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、氰基及鹼可溶性基團中的至少一種基團的重複單元 (31)後述的、具有脂環式烴結構且不顯示酸分解性的重複單元 (32)後述的、不具有羥基及氰基中的任一者、且由式(III)表示的重複單元 The resin (A) may contain at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the following A group, and/or at least one repeating unit selected from the following group consisting of the B group. Group A: a group consisting of the following repeating units (20) to (25). (20) The following repeating units having an acid group (21) A repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, which does not have any of an acid decomposable group or an acid group, as described below (22) The following repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group or carbonate group (23) The repeating unit having a photoacid generating group described later (24) A repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2) described later (25) Repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain In addition, the repeating units represented by the formulas (A) to (E) described later correspond to (25) the repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain. Group B: a group consisting of the following repeating units (30) to (32). (30) The following repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group (31) Repeating units described later that have an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and do not exhibit acid decomposability (32) A repeating unit represented by formula (III) described below that does not have any of a hydroxyl group and a cyano group

樹脂(A)較佳為具有酸基,如後所述,較佳為包含具有酸基的重複單元。此外,關於酸基的定義,在後文中將與具有酸基的重複單元之較佳態樣一起進行說明。樹脂(A)具有酸基時,樹脂(A)與由光酸產生劑產生的酸之間的相互作用性更優異。其結果,可進一步抑制酸的擴散,使得所形成的圖案之截面形狀更接近矩形。The resin (A) preferably has an acid group, and preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group as will be described later. In addition, the definition of an acidic group will be described later together with a preferred aspect of the repeating unit having an acidic group. When the resin (A) has an acid group, the interaction between the resin (A) and the acid generated by the photoacid generator is more excellent. As a result, the diffusion of acid can be further suppressed, so that the cross-sectional shape of the formed pattern becomes closer to a rectangle.

樹脂(A)可以具有選自由上述A群組所組成的群組中的至少一種重複單元。在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物用作EUV曝光用的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的情況下,樹脂(A)較佳為具有選自由上述A群組所組成的群組中的至少一種重複單元。 樹脂(A)可以包含氟原子及碘原子中的至少一者。在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物用作EUV曝光用的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的情況下,樹脂(A)較佳為包含氟原子及碘原子中的至少一者。在樹脂(A)包含氟原子及碘原子兩者的情況下,樹脂(A)可以具有一個包含氟原子及碘原子兩者的重複單元,樹脂(A)亦可以包含具有氟原子的重複單元和具有碘原子的重複單元這兩種重複單元。 樹脂(A)可以具備具有芳香族基的重複單元。在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物用作EUV曝光用的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的情況下,亦較佳為樹脂(A)具備具有芳香族基的重複單元。 樹脂(A)可以具有選自由上述B群組所組成的群組中的至少一種重複單元。在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物用作ArF用的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的情況下,樹脂(A)較佳為具有選自由上述B群組所組成的群組中的至少一種重複單元。 再者,在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物用作ArF用的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的情況下,樹脂(A)較佳為不包含氟原子及矽素原子中的任一者。 當感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物用作ArF用感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物時,樹脂(A)較佳為不具有芳香族基。 The resin (A) may have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned group A. In the case where the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is used as the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, the resin (A) preferably has a At least one repeating unit in the group. The resin (A) may contain at least one of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms. In the case where the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is used as the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, the resin (A) preferably contains at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom. By. In the case where the resin (A) contains both fluorine atoms and iodine atoms, the resin (A) may have one repeating unit containing both fluorine atoms and iodine atoms, and the resin (A) may also contain repeating units having fluorine atoms and Repeating units with iodine atoms These two repeating units. The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an aromatic group. When the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is used as the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, it is also preferable that the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic group. The resin (A) may have at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the aforementioned group B. In the case where the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is used as the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (A) preferably has a At least one repeating unit in the group. Furthermore, when the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is used as the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (A) preferably does not contain fluorine atoms and silicon atoms. any of the When the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is used as the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (A) preferably does not have an aromatic group.

(具有酸基的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以包含具有酸基的重複單元。 作為酸基,較佳為pKa為13以下的酸基。上述酸基的酸解離常數較佳為13以下,更佳為3~13,進一步較佳為5~10。 在樹脂(A)具有pKa為13以下的酸基的情況下,樹脂(A)中的酸基的含量並無特別限制,但大多情況下為0.2~6.0mmol/g。其中,較佳為0.8~6.0mmol/g,更佳為1.2~5.0mmol/g,進一步較佳為1.6~4.0mmol/g。如果酸基的含量為上述範圍內,則顯影良好地進行,所形成的圖案形狀優異,解析度也優異。 作為酸基,較佳為例如羧基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基(較佳為六氟異丙醇基)、磺酸基、磺醯胺基或異丙醇基。 上述六氟異丙醇基中,氟原子的一個以上(較佳為1~2個)可以被除氟原子以外的基(烷氧羰基等)取代。作為酸基,亦較佳為如此地形成的-C(CF 3)(OH)-CF 2-。又,亦可以使氟原子的一個以上被除氟原子以外的基團取代而形成包含-C(CF 3)(OH)-CF 2-的環。 具有酸基的重複單元較佳為與上述的具有由藉由酸的作用脫離的基團保護極性基團而成的結構的重複單元及後述的具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元不同的重複單元。 具有酸基的重複單元可以具有氟原子或碘原子。 (Repeating Unit Having Acid Group) The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having an acid group. As the acid group, an acid group having a pKa of 13 or less is preferable. The acid dissociation constant of the above acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3-13, further preferably 5-10. When the resin (A) has an acid group with a pKa of 13 or less, the content of the acid group in the resin (A) is not particularly limited, but is often 0.2 to 6.0 mmol/g. Among them, 0.8-6.0 mmol/g is preferable, 1.2-5.0 mmol/g is more preferable, and 1.6-4.0 mmol/g is still more preferable. If the content of the acid group is within the above range, image development will proceed favorably, the pattern shape to be formed will be excellent, and the resolution will also be excellent. As the acid group, for example, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group or an isopropanol group is preferred. In the above hexafluoroisopropanol group, one or more (preferably 1 to 2) fluorine atoms may be substituted with groups other than fluorine atoms (alkoxycarbonyl group, etc.). The acid group is also preferably -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 - thus formed. In addition, one or more fluorine atoms may be substituted by groups other than fluorine atoms to form a ring containing -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -. The repeating unit having an acid group is preferably the same as the above-mentioned repeating unit having a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group released by the action of an acid, and the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group or a carbonate group described later. The repeating units of different repeating units. The repeating unit having an acid group may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.

作為具有酸基的重複單元,可舉出以下的重複單元。The following repeating units are mentioned as a repeating unit which has an acid group.

[化學式56]

Figure 02_image097
[chemical formula 56]
Figure 02_image097

作為具有酸基的重複單元,較佳為由下述式(1)表示的重複單元。As the repeating unit having an acid group, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1) is preferable.

[化學式57]

Figure 02_image099
[chemical formula 57]
Figure 02_image099

式(1)中,A表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子或氰基。R表示鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、烯基、芳烷基、烷氧基、烷基羰基氧基、烷基磺醯氧基、烷氧羰基或芳氧基羰基,有複數個時相互可以相同,亦可以不同。當具有複數個R時,可以彼此共同形成環。作為R,較佳為氫原子。a表示1~3的整數。b表示0~(5-a)的整數。In formula (1), A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. R represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, and there are plural They can be the same or different from each other. When there are plural Rs, they may jointly form a ring. R is preferably a hydrogen atom. a represents an integer of 1-3. b represents an integer of 0 to (5-a).

以下,例示具有酸基的重複單元。式中,a表示1或2。Hereinafter, the repeating unit which has an acidic group is illustrated. In the formula, a represents 1 or 2.

[化學式58]

Figure 02_image101
[chemical formula 58]
Figure 02_image101

[化學式59]

Figure 02_image103
[chemical formula 59]
Figure 02_image103

[化學式60]

Figure 02_image105
[chemical formula 60]
Figure 02_image105

[化學式61]

Figure 02_image107
[chemical formula 61]
Figure 02_image107

此外,在上述重複單元中,較佳為以下具體所述的重複單元。式中,R表示氫原子或甲基,a表示2或3。In addition, among the above-mentioned repeating units, the repeating units specifically described below are preferable. In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a represents 2 or 3.

[化學式62]

Figure 02_image109
[chemical formula 62]
Figure 02_image109

[化學式63]

Figure 02_image111
[chemical formula 63]
Figure 02_image111

相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,具有酸基的重複單元的含量較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為15莫耳%以上。又,作為其上限值,相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,較佳為70莫耳%以下,更佳為65莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為60莫耳%以下。The content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably at least 10 mol %, more preferably at least 15 mol %, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A). Also, the upper limit is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 65 mol% or less, and further preferably 60 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A).

(不具有酸分解性基及酸基中的任一者而具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具有與上述的<具有酸分解性基的重複單元>及<具有酸基的重複單元>不同的重複單元,該重複單元為不具有酸分解性基及酸基中的任一者而具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子的重複單元(以下,亦稱為單元X。)。在此言及的<不具有酸分解性基及酸基中的任一者而具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子的重複單元>較佳為與後述的<具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元>及<具有光產酸基團的重複單元>等屬於A群組的其他種類的重複單元不同。 (A repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom that does not have any of an acid decomposable group or an acid group) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit different from the aforementioned <repeating unit having an acid decomposable group> and <repeating unit having an acid group>, and the repeating unit does not have any of an acid decomposable group or an acid group. Or a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom (hereinafter also referred to as unit X.). The <repeating unit having no acid decomposable group or acid group but having a fluorine atom, bromine atom or iodine atom> mentioned here is preferably the same as <having a lactone group, a sultone group or Carbonate group repeating unit> and <repeating unit having a photoacid generating group> are different from other types of repeating units belonging to group A.

作為單元X,較佳為由式(C)表示的重複單元。As the unit X, a repeating unit represented by formula (C) is preferable.

[化學式64]

Figure 02_image113
[chemical formula 64]
Figure 02_image113

L 5表示單鍵或酯基。R 9表示氫原子、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基。R 10表示氫原子、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的環烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基、或者將此等組合而成的基團。 L 5 represents a single bond or an ester group. R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a combination of these .

以下例示具有氟原子或碘原子的重複單元。Repeating units having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom are exemplified below.

[化學式65]

Figure 02_image115
[chemical formula 65]
Figure 02_image115

相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,單元X的含量較佳為0莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為10莫耳%以上。又,作為其上限值,相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,較佳為50莫耳%以下,更佳為45莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為40莫耳%以下。The content of the unit X is preferably at least 0 mol%, more preferably at least 5 mol%, and further preferably at least 10 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). Also, the upper limit is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 45 mol% or less, and further preferably 40 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A).

在樹脂(A)的重複單元中,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,包含氟原子、溴原子及碘原子中的至少一者的重複單元的總含量較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為20莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為30莫耳%以上,特佳為40莫耳%以上。上限值並無特別限制,例如,相對於樹脂(A)的全部重複單元,為100莫耳%以下。 再者,作為包含氟原子、溴原子及碘原子中的至少一者的重複單元,可舉出例如:具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子且具有酸分解性基的重複單元;具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子且具有酸基的重複單元、以及具有氟原子、溴原子或碘原子的重複單元。 Among the repeating units of the resin (A), the total content of repeating units containing at least one of fluorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms is preferably 10 mol% or more, relative to all the repeating units of the resin (A), More preferably, it is at least 20 mol%, further preferably at least 30 mol%, and most preferably at least 40 mol%. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 100 mol% or less based on all repeating units of the resin (A). Furthermore, as the repeating unit containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, for example: a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom and having an acid-decomposable group; A repeating unit having a bromine atom or an iodine atom and having an acid group, and a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.

(具有內酯基、磺內酯基、或碳酸酯基的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具有選自由內酯基、磺內酯基及碳酸酯基所組成的群組中的至少一種基團的重複單元(以下亦稱為「單元Y」。)。 單元Y亦較佳為不具有羥基及六氟丙醇基等酸基。 (Repeating units with lactone, sultone, or carbonate groups) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit of at least one group selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group (hereinafter also referred to as "unit Y"). It is also preferable that the unit Y does not have an acid group such as a hydroxyl group or a hexafluoropropanol group.

作為內酯基或磺內酯基,只要具有內酯結構或磺內酯結構即可。內酯結構或磺內酯結構較佳為5~7員環內酯結構或5~7員環磺內酯結構。其中,更佳為5~7員環內酯結構與其他環結構以形成雙環結構或螺環結構的形式縮環而成的結構、或者5~7員環磺內酯結構與其他環結構以形成雙環結構或螺環結構的形式縮環而成的結構。 樹脂(A)較佳為具有如下重複單元、該重複單元具有從下述式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任一者所表示的內酯結構或下述式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一者所表示的磺內酯結構的環員原子中脫除一個以上氫原子而成的內酯基或磺內酯基,內酯基或磺內酯基可以與主鏈直接鍵結。例如,內酯基或磺內酯基的環員原子可以構成樹脂(A)的主鏈。 As a lactone group or a sultone group, what is necessary is just to have a lactone structure or a sultone structure. The lactone structure or the sultone structure is preferably a 5-7 membered cyclic lactone structure or a 5-7 membered cyclic sultone structure. Among them, a structure formed by condensing a 5- to 7-membered cyclic lactone structure and other ring structures in the form of a bicyclic structure or a spiro ring structure, or a structure formed by forming a 5- to 7-membered cyclic sultone structure and other ring structures A structure formed by condensing rings in the form of a bicyclic structure or a spiro ring structure. The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having a lactone structure represented by any one of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or the following formula (SL1-1 )~(SL1-3) The lactone group or sultone group formed by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the ring member atom of the sultone structure represented by any one of (SL1-3), lactone group or sultone group Can be directly bonded to the main chain. For example, a ring member atom of a lactone group or a sultone group may constitute the main chain of the resin (A).

[化學式66]

Figure 02_image117
[chemical formula 66]
Figure 02_image117

上述內酯結構或磺內酯結構可以具有取代基(Rb 2)。作為較佳的取代基(Rb 2),可舉出碳數1~8的烷基、碳數4~7的環烷基、碳數1~8的烷氧基、碳數1~8的烷氧羰基、羧基、鹵素原子、氰基及酸分解性基。n2表示0~4的整數。在n2為2以上時,存在的複數個Rb 2可以不同,亦可以使存在的複數個Rb 2彼此鍵結而形成環。 The aforementioned lactone structure or sultone structure may have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbons, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbons, and alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbons. Oxycarbonyl group, carboxyl group, halogen atom, cyano group and acid decomposable group. n2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n2 is 2 or more, the plurality of Rb 2 existing may be different, or the plurality of Rb 2 existing may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

作為具有包含式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任一者所表示的內酯結構或式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一者所表示的磺內酯結構的基團的重複單元,可舉出例如由下述由式(AI)表示的重複單元。As a sultone having a lactone structure represented by any of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or represented by any of formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) The repeating unit of the structural group includes, for example, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (AI).

[化學式67]

Figure 02_image119
[chemical formula 67]
Figure 02_image119

式(AI)中,Rb 0表示氫原子、鹵素原子或碳數1~4的烷基。作為Rb 0的烷基可以具有的較佳的取代基,可舉出羥基及鹵素原子。 作為Rb 0的鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。Rb 0較佳為氫原子或甲基。 Ab表示單鍵、伸烷基、具有單環或多環的脂環式烴結構的二價的連結基、醚基、酯基、羰基、羧基、或者將此等組合而成的二價的連結基。其中,作為Ab,較佳為單鍵或-Ab 1-CO 2-所表示的連結基。Ab 1為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基、或者單環或多環的伸環烷基,較佳為伸甲基、伸乙基、伸環己基、伸金剛烷基或伸降冰片基。 V表示從式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任一者所表示的內酯結構的環員原子脫除一個氫原子而成的基團、或者從式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任一者所表示的磺內酯結構的環員原子脫除一個氫原子而成的基團。 In formula (AI), Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. A hydroxyl group and a halogen atom are mentioned as a preferable substituent which the alkyl group of Rb0 may have. Examples of the halogen atom of Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a divalent link combining these base. Among them, Ab is preferably a single bond or a linking group represented by -Ab 1 -CO 2 -. Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, preferably methylene, ethylidene, cyclohexylene, adamantyl or norbornene base. V represents a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring member atom of the lactone structure represented by any one of the formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or a group obtained from the formulas (SL1-1) to A group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of the sultone structure represented by any of (SL1-3).

在具有內酯基或磺內酯基的重複單元存在光學異構物的情況下,可以使用任意的光學異構物。又,可以單獨使用一種光學異構物,亦可以混合使用複數個光學異構物。在主要使用一種光學異構物的情況下,其光學純度(ee)較佳為90以上,更佳為95以上。When an optical isomer exists in the repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group, any optical isomer can be used. Also, one optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be used in combination. When mainly using one type of optical isomer, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90 or higher, more preferably 95 or higher.

作為碳酸酯基,較佳為環狀碳酸酯基。 作為具有環狀碳酸酯基的重複單元,較佳為由下述式(A-1)表示的重複單元。 As the carbonate group, a cyclic carbonate group is preferred. As the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1) is preferable.

[化學式68]

Figure 02_image121
[chemical formula 68]
Figure 02_image121

式(A-1)中,R A 1表示氫原子、鹵素原子或一價的有機基(較佳為甲基)。n表示0以上的整數。R A 2表示取代基。在n為2以上的情況下,存在的複數個R A 2可以分別相同或不同。A表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為上述二價的連結基,較佳為伸烷基、具有單環或多環的脂環式烴結構的二價的連結基、醚基、酯基、羰基、羧基、或將此等組合而成的二價的連結基。Z表示與式中的-O-CO-O-所表示的基團一起形成單環或多環的原子團。 In the formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group). n represents an integer of 0 or more. R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, the plurality of R A 2 that exist may be the same or different. A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the above-mentioned divalent linking group, preferably an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination thereof A divalent linking group. Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic ring together with a group represented by -O-CO-O- in the formula.

以下例示單元Y。式中,Rx表示氫原子、-CH 3、-CH 2OH或-CF 3Unit Y is exemplified below. In the formula, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH or -CF 3 .

[化學式69]

Figure 02_image123
[chemical formula 69]
Figure 02_image123

[化學式70]

Figure 02_image125
[chemical formula 70]
Figure 02_image125

相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,單元Y的含量較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上。又,作為其上限值,相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,較佳為85莫耳%以下,更佳為80莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為70莫耳%以下,特佳為60莫耳%以下。The content of the unit Y is preferably at least 1 mol %, more preferably at least 10 mol %, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A). Also, the upper limit is preferably at most 85 mol %, more preferably at most 80 mol %, further preferably at most 70 mol %, particularly preferably at most, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A). It is less than 60 mole%.

(具有光產酸基團的重複單元) 作為上述之外的重複單元,樹脂(A)可以具有具有藉由光化射線或放射線之照射而產生酸的基團(亦稱為「光酸產生基」)的重複單元。 作為具有光產酸基團的重複單元,可舉出由式(4)表示的重複單元。 (repeating units with photoacid generating groups) As a repeating unit other than the above, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a group (also referred to as a “photoacid generating group”) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. The repeating unit represented by formula (4) is mentioned as a repeating unit which has a photoacid generating group.

[化學式71]

Figure 02_image127
[chemical formula 71]
Figure 02_image127

R 41表示氫原子或甲基。L 41表示單鍵或二價的連結基。L 42表示二價的連結基。R 40表示藉由光化射線或放射線的照射分解而在側鏈產生酸的結構部位。 以下例示具有光產酸基團的重複單元。 R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 42 represents a divalent linking group. R 40 represents a structural site in which an acid is generated in a side chain when decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Repeating units having a photoacid generating group are exemplified below.

[化學式72]

Figure 02_image129
[chemical formula 72]
Figure 02_image129

此外,作為由式(4)表示的重複單元,可舉出例如日本特開2014-041327號公報的段落[0094]~[0105]中記載的重複單元及國際公開第2018/193954號公報的段落[0094]中記載的重複單元。In addition, examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (4) include repeating units described in paragraphs [0094] to [0105] of JP-A-2014-041327 and paragraphs of WO2018/193954A The repeating unit described in [0094].

相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,具有光產酸基團的重複單元的含量較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上。又,作為其上限值,相對於樹脂(A)中的全部重複單元,較佳為40莫耳%以下,更佳為35莫耳%以下,進一步較佳為30莫耳%以下。The content of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is preferably at least 1 mol %, more preferably at least 5 mol %, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (A). Also, the upper limit thereof is preferably at most 40 mol%, more preferably at most 35 mol%, and further preferably at most 30 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).

(由式(V-1)或下述式(V-2)表示的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具有由下述式(V-1)、或下述式(V-2)表示的重複單元。 由下述式(V-1)及下述式(V-2)表示的重複單元較佳為與上述的重複單元不同的重複單元。 (repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2)) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2). The repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) and the following formula (V-2) is preferably a repeating unit different from the above-mentioned repeating unit.

[化學式73]

Figure 02_image131
[chemical formula 73]
Figure 02_image131

式中, R 6及R 7分別獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR或-COOR:R為碳數1~6的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基。作為烷基,較佳為碳數1~10的直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的烷基。 n 3表示0~6的整數。 n 4表示0~4的整數。 X 4為伸甲基、氧原子或硫原子。 以下例示由式(V-1)或(V-2)表示的重複單元。 作為由式(V-1)或(V-2)表示的重複單元,可舉出例如國際公開第2018/193954號的段落[0100]中記載的重複單元。 In the formula, R 6 and R 7 independently represent a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, acyloxy, cyano, nitro, amine, halogen atom, ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R C1-6 alkyl or fluorinated alkyl) or carboxyl. The alkyl group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. n 3 represents an integer of 0-6. n 4 represents an integer of 0-4. X 4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) is exemplified below. Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) include those described in paragraph [0100] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.

(用於使主鏈的運動性降低的重複單元) 從能夠抑制所產生的酸的過度擴散或顯影時的圖案崩塌的方面出發,樹脂(A)較佳為具有較高的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)。Tg較佳為大於90℃,更佳為大於100℃,進一步較佳為大於110℃,特佳為大於125℃。再者,從在顯影液中的溶解速度優異的方面出發,Tg較佳為400℃以下,更佳為350℃以下。 再者,在本說明書中,樹脂(A)等的聚合物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)(以下為「重複單元的Tg」)藉由以下的方法來計算。首先,藉由Bicerano法分別計算僅由聚合物中所含的各重複單元構成的均聚物的Tg。接下來,計算各重複單元相對於聚合物中的全部重複單元的質量比(%)。接下來,使用Fox式(記載於Materials Letters 62(2008)3152等)算出各質量比時的Tg,將此等的總和作為聚合物的Tg(℃)。 Bicerano法記載於Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York(1993)。藉由Bicerano法進行的Tg的計算能夠使用聚合物物性估計軟體MDL Polymer(MDL Information Systems, Inc.)來進行。 (repeating unit used to make the main chain less mobile) The resin (A) preferably has a high glass transition temperature (Tg) from the viewpoint of being able to suppress excessive diffusion of generated acid or pattern collapse during image development. Tg is preferably greater than 90°C, more preferably greater than 100°C, further preferably greater than 110°C, particularly preferably greater than 125°C. Furthermore, Tg is preferably 400° C. or less, more preferably 350° C. or less, from the viewpoint of excellent dissolution rate in a developer. In addition, in this specification, the glass transition temperature (Tg) (henceforth "Tg of a repeating unit") of polymers, such as resin (A), is calculated by the following method. First, the Tgs of the homopolymers consisting only of each repeating unit contained in the polymer were respectively calculated by the Bicerano method. Next, the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit to all repeating units in the polymer is calculated. Next, Tg at each mass ratio was calculated using Fox's formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.), and the total was taken as Tg (° C.) of the polymer. The Bicerano method is described in Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993). Calculation of Tg by the Bicerano method can be performed using polymer property estimation software MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.).

為了增大樹脂(A)的Tg(較佳為使Tg超過90℃),較佳為使樹脂(A)的主鏈的運動性降低。使樹脂(A)的主鏈的運動性降低的方法可舉出以下的(a)~(e)的方法。(a)向主鏈中導入體積大的取代基;(b)向主鏈中導入複數個取代基;(c)向主鏈附近中導入誘發樹脂(A)間的相互作用的取代基;(d)在環狀結構中形成主鏈;(e)在主鏈上連結環狀結構。 再者,樹脂(A)較佳為具有均聚物的Tg顯示130℃以上的重複單元。 再者,均聚物的Tg顯示130℃以上的重複單元的種類並無特別限制,只要為藉由Bicerano法計算的均聚物的Tg為130℃以上的重複單元即可。再者,依據由後述的式(A)~式(E)表示的重複單元中的官能基的種類,而相當於均聚物的Tg顯示130℃以上的重複單元。 In order to increase the Tg of the resin (A) (preferably to make the Tg exceed 90° C.), it is preferable to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A). The methods of reducing the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A) include the following methods (a) to (e). (a) introducing bulky substituents into the main chain; (b) introducing multiple substituents into the main chain; (c) introducing substituents that induce interactions between resins (A) near the main chain; ( d) forming the main chain in the ring structure; (e) linking the ring structures on the main chain. Furthermore, the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit whose homopolymer Tg shows 130° C. or higher. Furthermore, the type of repeating unit whose Tg of the homopolymer is 130° C. or higher is not particularly limited, as long as it is a repeating unit whose Tg of the homopolymer calculated by the Bicerano method is 130° C. or higher. In addition, depending on the type of functional group in the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) to formula (E) described later, the repeating unit whose Tg corresponds to a homopolymer shows 130° C. or higher.

作為上述(a)的具體實現手段的一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(A)表示的重複單元的方法。As an example of specific means for realizing the above (a), a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (A) into the resin (A) is mentioned.

[化學式74]

Figure 02_image133
[chemical formula 74]
Figure 02_image133

式(A)、R A表示包含多環結構的基團。R x表示氫原子、甲基或乙基。所謂包含多環結構的基團為包含複數個環結構的基團,複數個環結構可以縮合,亦可以不縮合。 作為由式(A)表示的重複單元的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號的段落[0107]~[0119]中記載的重複單元。 Formula (A), R A represents a group containing a polycyclic structure. R x represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. The group containing a polycyclic structure refers to a group containing a plurality of ring structures, and the plurality of ring structures may or may not be condensed. Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) include repeating units described in paragraphs [0107] to [0119] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.

作為上述(b)的具體實現手段的一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(B)表示的重複單元的方法。An example of a specific means for realizing the above (b) includes a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (B) into the resin (A).

[化學式75]

Figure 02_image135
[chemical formula 75]
Figure 02_image135

式(B)中,R b1~R b4分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,R b1~R b4中的至少兩個以上表示有機基。 在至少一個有機基為在重複單元中的主鏈上直接連結環結構的基團的情況下,其他有機基的種類並無特別限制。 又,在任意有機基皆不為在重複單元中的主鏈上直接連結環結構的基團的情況下,至少兩個以上有機基為除氫原子外的構成原子數為三個以上的取代基。 作為由式(B)表示的重複單元的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號的段落[0113]~[0115]中記載的重複單元。 In formula (B), R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least two or more of R b1 to R b4 represent an organic group. In the case where at least one organic group is a group directly linked to a ring structure on the main chain in the repeating unit, the type of other organic groups is not particularly limited. In addition, when any organic group is not a group directly connected to a ring structure on the main chain in the repeating unit, at least two or more organic groups are substituents having three or more constituent atoms other than hydrogen atoms . Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (B) include repeating units described in paragraphs [0113] to [0115] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.

作為上述(c)的具體實現手段的一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(C)表示的重複單元的方法。As an example of specific means for realizing the above (c), there is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (C) into the resin (A).

[化學式76]

Figure 02_image137
[chemical formula 76]
Figure 02_image137

式(C)中,R c1~R c4分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,R c1~R c4中的至少一個為在從主鏈碳起原子數3以內包含氫鍵性的氫原子的基團。其中,在誘發樹脂(A)的主鏈間的相互作用的方面,較佳為在原子數2以內(更靠近主鏈側)具有氫鍵性的氫原子。 作為由式(C)表示的重複單元的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號的段落[0119]~[0121]中記載的重複單元。 In formula (C), R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least one of R c1 to R c4 is a group containing a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within 3 atoms from the main chain carbon. group. Among them, in terms of inducing interaction between the main chains of the resin (A), hydrogen atoms having hydrogen bonding within 2 atoms (closer to the main chain side) are preferable. Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (C) include repeating units described in paragraphs [0119] to [0121] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.

作為上述(d)的具體實現手段的一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(D)表示的重複單元的方法。An example of a specific means for realizing the above (d) includes a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (D) into the resin (A).

[化學式77]

Figure 02_image139
[chemical formula 77]
Figure 02_image139

式(D)中,「Cyclic」表示以環狀結構形成主鏈的基團。環的構成原子數並無特別限制。 作為由式(D)表示的重複單元的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號的段落[0126]~[0127]中記載的重複單元。 In formula (D), "Cyclic" represents a group that forms a main chain with a cyclic structure. The number of atoms constituting the ring is not particularly limited. Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (D) include repeating units described in paragraphs [0126] to [0127] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.

作為上述(e)的具體實現手段的一例,可舉出在樹脂(A)中導入由式(E)表示的重複單元的方法。As an example of specific means for realizing the above (e), there is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (E) into the resin (A).

[化學式78]

Figure 02_image141
[chemical formula 78]
Figure 02_image141

式(E)中,Re分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。作為有機基,可舉出例如可以具有取代基的、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基。 「Cyclic」為主鏈的包含碳原子的環狀基團。環狀基團中所含的原子數並無特別限制。 作為由式(E)表示的重複單元的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2018/193954號的段落[0131]~[0133]中記載的重複單元。 In formula (E), Re each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. As an organic group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group which may have a substituent are mentioned, for example. "Cyclic" is a cyclic group containing carbon atoms in the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited. Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (E) include repeating units described in paragraphs [0131] to [0133] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.

(具有選自內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、氰基及鹼可溶性基團中的至少一種基團的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具備具有選自內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、氰基及鹼可溶性基團中的至少一種基團的重複單元。 作為樹脂(A)所具有的具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元,可舉出上述的<具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元>中所說明的重複單元。較佳的含量亦如在上述的<具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基的重複單元>中所說明的含量所示。 (Repeating unit having at least one group selected from lactone group, sultone group, carbonate group, hydroxyl group, cyano group and alkali-soluble group) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group. Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group included in the resin (A) include those described above in <Repeating units having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group>. The repeating unit for the description. The preferred content is also the content described in the above <repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group or carbonate group>.

樹脂(A)可以具備具有羥基或氰基的重複單元。藉此,基板密合性、顯影液親和性提高。 具有羥基或氰基的重複單元較佳為具有被羥基或氰基取代的脂環式烴結構的重複單元。 具有羥基或氰基的重複單元較佳為不具有酸分解性基。作為具有羥基或氰基的重複單元,可舉出日本特開2014-098921號公報的段落[0081]~[0084]中記載的重複單元。 The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. Thereby, the board|substrate adhesiveness and developer affinity are improved. The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. It is preferable that the repeating unit which has a hydroxyl group or a cyano group does not have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0081] to [0084] of JP-A-2014-098921.

樹脂(A)可以具備具有鹼可溶性基團的重複單元。 作為鹼可溶性基團,可舉出羧基、磺醯胺基、磺醯亞胺基、雙磺醯亞胺基及α位被吸電子性基團取代的脂肪族醇基(例如六氟異丙醇基),較佳為羧基。藉由樹脂(A)包含具有鹼可溶性基團的重複單元,使得接觸孔用途中的解析度增加。作為具有鹼可溶性基團的重複單元,可舉出日本特開2014-098921號公報的段落[0085]及[0086]中記載的重複單元。 The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group. Examples of alkali-soluble groups include carboxyl groups, sulfonamide groups, sulfonimide groups, bissulfonamide groups, and aliphatic alcohol groups (such as hexafluoroisopropanol, base), preferably carboxyl. The resolution in the contact hole application is increased by the resin (A) including the repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group. Examples of the repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group include those described in paragraphs [0085] and [0086] of JP-A-2014-098921.

(具有脂環式烴結構且不顯示酸分解性的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具備具有脂環式烴結構且不顯示酸分解性的重複單元。藉此,能夠降低在浸漬曝光時低分子成分從光阻膜向浸漬液中溶出。作為具有脂環式烴結構且不顯示酸分解性的重複單元,可舉出例如來自(甲基)丙烯酸1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸環己基酯的重複單元。 (repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not showing acid decomposability) The resin (A) may have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and does not show acid decomposability. Thereby, it is possible to reduce the elution of low-molecular components from the photoresist film into the immersion liquid during immersion exposure. Examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid decomposability include 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, diadamantyl (meth)acrylate, Repeating unit of tricyclodecanyl ester or cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.

(不具有羥基及氰基中的任一者的、由式(III)表示的重複單元) 樹脂(A)可以具備不具有羥基及氰基中的任一者的、由式(III)表示的重複單元。 (Repeating unit represented by formula (III) not having any of hydroxyl group and cyano group) Resin (A) may have the repeating unit represented by formula (III) which does not have any of a hydroxyl group and a cyano group.

[化學式79]

Figure 02_image143
[chemical formula 79]
Figure 02_image143

式(III)中,R 5表示具有至少一個環狀結構且不具有羥基及氰基中的任一者的烴基。 Ra表示氫原子、烷基或-CH 2-O-Ra 2基。式中,Ra 2表示氫原子、烷基或醯基。 作為不具有羥基及氰基中的任一者的、由式(III)表示的重複單元,可舉出日本特開2014-098921號公報的段落[0087]~[0094]中記載的重複單元。 In formula (III), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and not having any of a hydroxyl group and a cyano group. Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a -CH 2 -O-Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group. Examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (III) having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0087] to [0094] of JP-A-2014-098921.

(其他的重複單元) 進而,樹脂(A)可以具有除上述的重複單元以外的其他重複單元。 例如樹脂(A)可以具有選自由具有噻噁烷(oxathiane)環基的重複單元、具有噁唑酮環基的重複單元、具有二噁烷環基的重複單元及具有乙內醯脲環基的重複單元所組成的群組中的重複單元。 以下例示除上述的重複單元以外的其他重複單元的具體例。 (other repeating units) Furthermore, the resin (A) may have other repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units. For example, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit selected from a repeating unit having a oxathiane ring group, a repeating unit having an oxazolone ring group, a repeating unit having a dioxane ring group, and a repeating unit having a hydantoin ring group. A repeating unit in a group of repeating units. Specific examples of other repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units are illustrated below.

[化學式80]

Figure 02_image145
[chemical formula 80]
Figure 02_image145

樹脂(A)除了上述的重複結構單元以外,亦可以為了調節耐乾蝕刻性、標準顯影液適應性、基板密合性、光阻形狀、解析度、耐熱性及感度等而具有各種重複結構單元。The resin (A) may have various repeating structural units in addition to the above-mentioned repeating structural units in order to adjust dry etching resistance, standard developer compatibility, substrate adhesion, photoresist shape, resolution, heat resistance, and sensitivity.

作為樹脂(A),特別是在本發明的組成物用作ArF用感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的情況下,較佳為所有的重複單元由來自具有烯鍵式不飽和鍵的化合物的重複單元構成。特別是亦較佳為所有的重複單元由(甲基)丙烯酸酯系重複單元構成。在所有的重複單元由(甲基)丙烯酸酯系重複單元構成的情況下,所有的重複單元皆為甲基丙烯酸酯系重複單元、所有的重複單元皆為丙烯酸酯系重複單元、所有的重複單元基於甲基丙烯酸酯系重複單元和丙烯酸酯系重複單元獲得之中的任一者皆能使用,較佳為丙烯酸酯系重複單元為全部重複單元的50莫耳%以下。As the resin (A), especially when the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, it is preferable that all repeating units are derived from Compounds are composed of repeating units. In particular, it is also preferable that all repeating units consist of (meth)acrylate-based repeating units. When all repeating units are composed of (meth)acrylate repeating units, all repeating units are methacrylate repeating units, all repeating units are acrylate repeating units, all repeating units are Either of the methacrylate repeating unit and the acrylate repeating unit can be used, and the acrylate repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.

樹脂(A)能夠按照常規方法(例如自由基聚合)來合成。 利用GPC法以聚苯乙烯換算值計,樹脂(A)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為30000以下,更佳為1000~30000,進一步較佳為3000~30000,特佳為5000~15000。 樹脂(A)的分散度(分子量分佈,Mw/Mn)較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3,進一步較佳為1.2~3.0,特佳為1.2~2.0。分散度愈小者,解析度及光阻形狀愈優異,進而,光阻圖案的側壁愈平滑,粗糙度性能亦愈優異。 Resin (A) can be synthesize|combined by a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A) is preferably at most 30,000, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, further preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and most preferably 5,000 to 15,000 in terms of polystyrene conversion by the GPC method. The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution, Mw/Mn) of the resin (A) is preferably from 1 to 5, more preferably from 1 to 3, further preferably from 1.2 to 3.0, particularly preferably from 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the dispersion, the better the resolution and shape of the photoresist, and the smoother the sidewall of the photoresist pattern, the better the roughness performance.

在感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂的組成物中,相對於感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的全部固體成分,樹脂(A)的含量較佳為40.0~99.9質量%,更佳為60.0~90.0質量%。 樹脂(A)可以使用一種,亦可以併用複數種。 In the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, the content of the resin (A) is preferably 40.0 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably It is 60.0 to 90.0% by mass. One type of resin (A) may be used, and plural types may be used together.

<藉由光化射線或放射線的照射產生酸的化合物(B)> 除了如上所述的化合物(N),本發明的組成物還可以含有與化合物(N)不同的、藉由光化射線或放射線的照射產生酸的化合物(B)(亦稱為「化合物(B)」或「光酸產生劑(B)」)。 光酸產生劑(B)可以為低分子化合物的形態,亦可以為併入聚合物(例如後述的樹脂(A))的一部分的形態。又,亦可以併用低分子化合物的形態和併入聚合物(例如後述的樹脂(A))的一部分的形態。 在光酸產生劑(B)為低分子化合物的形態的情況下,光酸產生劑的分子量較佳為3000以下,更佳為2000以下,進一步較佳為1000以下。下限並無特別限制,但較佳為100以上。 在光酸產生劑(B)為併入聚合物的一部分的形態的情況下,可以併入樹脂(A)的一部分,亦可以併入與樹脂(A)不同的樹脂。 在本說明書中,光酸產生劑(B)較佳為低分子化合物的形態。 <Compound (B) that generates acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation> In addition to the compound (N) described above, the composition of the present invention may also contain a compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (also referred to as "compound (B)) other than the compound (N). )” or “photoacid generator (B)”). The photoacid generator (B) may be in the form of a low-molecular compound, or may be in a form incorporated into a part of a polymer (for example, a resin (A) described later). Moreover, the form of a low-molecular-weight compound and the form incorporated into a part of a polymer (for example, resin (A) mentioned later) can also be used together. When the photoacid generator (B) is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight of the photoacid generator is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, further preferably 1000 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 or more. When the photoacid generator (B) is in the form of incorporating part of the polymer, part of the resin (A) may be incorporated, or a resin different from the resin (A) may be incorporated. In this specification, the photoacid generator (B) is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.

作為光酸產生劑(B),可舉出例如「M +X -」所表示的化合物(鎓鹽),較佳為在曝光下產生有機酸的化合物。 作為上述有機酸,可舉出例如磺酸(脂肪族磺酸、芳香族磺酸及樟腦磺酸等)、羧酸(脂肪族羧酸、芳香族羧酸及芳烷基羧酸等)、羰基磺醯亞胺酸、雙(烷基磺醯)亞胺酸及三(烷基磺醯)甲基化酸。 The photoacid generator (B) includes, for example, a compound (onium salt) represented by "M + X - ", preferably a compound that generates an organic acid when exposed to light. Examples of the aforementioned organic acids include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, and camphorsulfonic acids), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, and aralkylcarboxylic acids, etc.), carbonyl Sulfonylimidic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imidic acid, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylated acid.

在「M +X -」所表示的化合物中,M +表示有機陽離子。 作為有機陽離子,並無特別限制。有機陽離子的價數可以為一價或二價以上。 其中,作為上述有機陽離子,較佳為由上述式(ZaI)表示的陽離子(以下亦稱為「陽離子(ZaI)」。)或由上述式(ZaII)表示的陽離子(以下亦稱為「陽離子(ZaII)」。)。 In the compound represented by "M + X - ", M + represents an organic cation. There are no particular limitations on the organic cation. The valency of the organic cation may be one or more. Among them, as the above-mentioned organic cation, a cation represented by the above-mentioned formula (ZaI) (hereinafter also referred to as "cation (ZaI)") or a cation represented by the above-mentioned formula (ZaII) (hereinafter also referred to as "cation (ZaI)" is preferable. ZaII)".).

[化學式81]

Figure 02_image147
[chemical formula 81]
Figure 02_image147

在上述式(ZaI)中,R 201、R 202及R 203分別獨立地表示有機基。 作為R 201、R 202及R 203的有機基的碳數,較佳為1~30,更佳為1~20。R 201~R 203中的兩個可以鍵結而形成環結構,亦可以在環內包含氧原子、硫原子、酯基、醯胺基或羰基。作為R 201~R 203中的兩個鍵結而形成的基團,可舉出例如伸烷基(例如伸丁基及伸戊基)及-CH 2-CH 2-O-CH 2-CH 2-。 In the above formula (ZaI), R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group. The carbon number of the organic groups of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20. Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and may also contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amido group or a carbonyl group in the ring. Examples of groups formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene groups (such as butylene groups and pentylene groups) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.

作為式(ZaI)中的有機陽離子的適合的態樣,可舉出後述的陽離子(ZaI-1)、陽離子(ZaI-2)、陽離子(ZaI-3b)、陽離子(ZaI-4b)。Suitable examples of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), cation (ZaI-3b), and cation (ZaI-4b) described below.

首先,對陽離子(ZaI-1)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-1)為芳基鋶陽離子,其中,上述式(ZaI)的R 201~R 203的至少一個為芳基。 芳基鋶陽離子可以使R 201~R 203的全部皆為芳基,亦可以使R 201~R 203的一部分為芳基、餘者為烷基或環烷基。 可以使R 201~R 203中的一個為芳基、R 201~R 203中的其餘兩個鍵結而形成環結構,亦可以在環內包含氧原子、硫原子、酯基、醯胺基或羰基。作為R 201~R 203中的兩個鍵結而形成的基團,可舉出例如一個以上的伸甲基可以被氧原子、硫原子、酯基、醯胺基和/或羰基取代的伸烷基(例如伸丁基、伸戊基及-CH 2-CH 2-O-CH 2-CH 2-)。 作為芳基鋶陽離子,可舉出三芳基鋶陽離子、二芳基烷基鋶陽離子、芳基二烷基鋶陽離子、二芳基環烷基鋶陽離子及芳基二環烷基鋶陽離子。 First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be described. The cation (ZaI-1) is an aryl percolium cation, wherein at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) is an aryl group. All of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, and the rest may be alkyl or cycloalkyl groups. One of R 201 to R 203 can be an aryl group, and the other two of R 201 to R 203 can be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring can also contain oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, ester groups, amido groups or carbonyl. Examples of groups formed by two bonds among R 201 to R 203 include alkane groups in which one or more methylene groups may be substituted by oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, ester groups, amido groups, and/or carbonyl groups. (e.g. butyl, pentylene and -CH2 - CH2 -O- CH2 - CH2- ). Examples of the aryl cobaltium cation include triaryl cobaltium cations, diarylalkyl cobaltium cations, aryl dialkyl cobaltium cations, diarylcycloalkyl cobaltium cations, and arylbicycloalkyl cobaltium cations.

作為芳基鋶陽離子中所含的芳基,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。芳基可以為具有雜環結構的芳基,該雜環結構具有氧原子、氮原子或硫原子等。作為雜環結構,可舉出吡咯殘基、呋喃殘基、噻吩殘基、吲哚殘基、苯並呋喃殘基及苯並噻吩殘基。在芳基鋶陽離子具有兩個以上芳基時,兩個以上的芳基可以相同,亦可以不同。 芳基鋶陽離子根據需要所具有的烷基或環烷基較佳為碳數1~15的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~15的支鏈狀烷基或碳數3~15的環烷基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、仲丁基、叔丁基、環丙基、環丁基或環己基。 The aryl group contained in the aryl permedium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, and benzothiophene residues. When the aryl perium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different. The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group possessed by the aryl perium cation is preferably a linear alkyl group with 1 to 15 carbons, a branched chain alkyl group with 3 to 15 carbons, or a cycloalkane with 3 to 15 carbons. group, more preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclohexyl.

作為R 201~R 203的芳基、烷基及環烷基可以具有的取代基,較佳為烷基(例如碳數1~15)、環烷基(例如碳數3~15)、芳基(例如碳數6~14)、烷氧基(例如碳數1~15)、環烷基烷氧基(例如碳數1~15)、鹵素原子(例如氟及碘)、羥基、羧基、酯基、亞磺醯基、磺醯基、烷硫基或苯硫基。 上述取代基在可能的情況下亦可以進一步具有取代基,亦較佳為上述烷基具有鹵素原子作為取代基而成為三氟甲基等鹵代烷基。 上述取代基亦較佳為藉由任意的組合而形成酸分解性基。 再者,所酸分解性基,係指藉由酸的作用分解而產生極性基團的基團,較佳為由藉由酸的作用脫離的基團保護極性基團而成的結構。作為上述的極性基團及脫離基團,如上述所示。 As substituents that the aryl, alkyl, and cycloalkyl groups of R 201 to R 203 may have, preferably alkyl (eg, 1 to 15 carbons), cycloalkyl (eg, 3 to 15 carbons), aryl (such as carbon number 6-14), alkoxy group (such as carbon number 1-15), cycloalkylalkoxy group (such as carbon number 1-15), halogen atom (such as fluorine and iodine), hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, ester sulfinyl, sulfonyl, alkylthio or phenylthio. The substituent may further have a substituent if possible, and it is also preferable that the alkyl group has a halogen atom as a substituent to be a haloalkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. It is also preferable that the above-mentioned substituents form acid-decomposable groups by arbitrary combinations. Furthermore, the acid-decomposable group refers to a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, preferably a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group detached by the action of an acid. The aforementioned polar group and leaving group are as described above.

接下來,對陽離子(ZaI-2)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-2)係式(ZaI)中的R 201~R 203分別獨立地表示不具有芳香環的有機基的陽離子。所謂芳香環,也包括包含雜原子的芳香族環。 作為R 201~R 203的不具有芳香環的有機基的碳數較佳為1~30,更佳為1~20。 作為R 201~R 203,分別獨立地較佳為烷基、環烷基、烯丙基或乙烯基,更佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的2-氧代烷基、2-氧代環烷基或烷氧羰基甲基,進一步較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的2-氧代烷基。 Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be described. R 201 to R 203 in the cation (ZaI-2)-based formula (ZaI) each independently represent a cation of an organic group having no aromatic ring. The term "aromatic ring" also includes aromatic rings containing heteroatoms. The carbon number of the organic group not having an aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20. R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, and more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group or a 2-oxo ring group. An alkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group is more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.

R 201~R 203的烷基及環烷基可舉出例如碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基或碳數3~10的支鏈狀烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基及戊基)以及碳數3~10的環烷基(例如環戊基、環己基及降冰片基)。 R 201~R 203可以進一步被鹵素原子、烷氧基(例如碳數1~5)、羥基、氰基或硝基取代。 R 201~R 203的取代基分別獨立地較佳為藉由取代基的任意組合而形成酸分解性基。 The alkyl and cycloalkyl groups of R 201 to R 203 include, for example, linear alkyl groups with 1 to 10 carbons or branched chain alkyl groups with 3 to 10 carbons (such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and pentyl) and cycloalkyl groups with 3 to 10 carbon atoms (such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and norbornyl). R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted by a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a nitro group. The substituents of R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an acid-decomposable group formed by any combination of substituents.

接下來,對陽離子(ZaI-3b)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-3b)為由下述式(ZaI-3b)表示的陽離子。 Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be described. The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).

[化學式82]

Figure 02_image149
[chemical formula 82]
Figure 02_image149

式(ZaI-3b)中,R 1c~R 5c分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷氧羰基、烷基羰基氧基、環烷基羰基氧基、鹵素原子、羥基、硝基、烷硫基或芳硫基。 R 6c及R 7c分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(例如叔丁基等)、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或芳基。 R x及R y分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、2-氧代烷基、2-氧代環烷基、烷氧羰基烷基、烯丙基或乙烯基。 亦較佳為R 1c~R 7c、R x及R y的取代基分別獨立地藉由取代基的任意組合而形成酸分解性基。 In formula (ZaI-3b), R 1c to R 5c independently represent a hydrogen atom, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, cycloalkane carbonyloxy group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkylthio group or arylthio group. R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group, etc.), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group. R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group. It is also preferable that the substituents of R 1c to R 7c , R x and R y each independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.

R 1c~R 5c中的任意兩個以上、R 5c和R 6c、R 6c和R 7c、R 5c和R x、以及R x和R y可以分別相互鍵結而形成環,該環亦可以分別獨立地包含氧原子、硫原子、酮基、酯鍵或醯胺鍵。 作為上述環,可舉出芳香族或非芳香族的烴環、芳香族或非芳香族的雜環以及此等環組合兩個以上而成的多環稠環。作為環,可舉出3~10員環,較佳為4~8員環,更佳為5或6員環。 Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring may be independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond or an amide bond. Examples of the ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring in which two or more of these rings are combined. Examples of the ring include 3 to 10 membered rings, preferably 4 to 8 membered rings, more preferably 5 or 6 membered rings.

作為R 1c~R 5c中的任意兩個以上、R 6c和R 7c以及R x和R y鍵結而形成的基團,可舉出伸丁基及伸戊基等伸烷基。該伸烷基中的伸甲基亦可以被氧原子等雜原子取代。 作為R 5c和R 6c以及R 5c和R x鍵結而形成的基團,較佳為單鍵或伸烷基。作為伸烷基,可舉出伸甲基及伸乙基。 Examples of groups formed by bonding any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as butylene and pentylene. The methylene group in the alkylene group may be substituted by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom. The group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.

R 1c~R 5c、R 6c、R 7c、R x、R y以及R 1c~R 5c中的任意兩個以上、R 5c和R 6c、R 6c和R 7c、R 5c和R x以及R x和R y分別相互鍵結而形成的環亦可以具有取代基。 Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x The ring formed by bonding with R y to each other may have a substituent.

接下來,對陽離子(ZaI-4b)進行說明。 陽離子(ZaI-4b)為由下述式(ZaI-4b)表示的陽離子。 Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be described. The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).

[化學式83]

Figure 02_image151
[chemical formula 83]
Figure 02_image151

式(ZaI-4b)中,l表示0~2的整數,r表示0~8的整數。 R 13表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如氟原子及碘原子等)、羥基、烷基、鹵代烷基、烷氧基、羧基、烷氧羰基、或者包含環烷基的基團(可以為環烷基本身,亦可以為部分包含環烷基的基團)。此等基團亦可以具有取代基。 R 14表示羥基、鹵素原子(例如氟原子及碘原子等)、烷基、鹵代烷基、烷氧基、烷氧羰基、烷基羰基、烷基磺醯基、環烷基磺醯基、或者包含環烷基的基團(可以為環烷基本身,亦可以為部分包含環烷基的基團)。此等基團可以具有取代基。R 14存在複數個時,分別獨立地表示羥基等上述基團。 R 15分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基或萘基。兩個R 15可以相互鍵結而形成環。在兩個R 15相互鍵結而形成環時,在環骨架內可以包含氧原子或氮原子等雜原子。 在一態樣中,較佳為兩個R 15為伸烷基、且相互鍵結而形成環結構。再者,上述烷基、上述環烷基及上述萘基、以及兩個R 15相互鍵結而形成的環可以具有取代基。 In formula (ZaI-4b), l represents the integer of 0-2, and r represents the integer of 0-8. R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (such as a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group containing a cycloalkyl group (which may be a cycloalkyl group) itself, it may also be a group partially containing cycloalkyl). These groups may also have a substituent. R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (such as a fluorine atom and an iodine atom), an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group containing A cycloalkyl group (it may be a cycloalkyl itself, or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl). These groups may have substituents. When R14 exists in plural, each independently represents the above-mentioned groups such as a hydroxyl group. R 15 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom may be contained in the ring skeleton. In one aspect, preferably two R 15 are alkylene groups, and are bonded to each other to form a ring structure. In addition, the above-mentioned alkyl group, the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, the above-mentioned naphthyl group, and a ring formed by bonding two R 15 to each other may have a substituent.

在式(ZaI-4b)中,R 13、R 14及R 15的烷基可以為直鏈狀或支鏈狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1~10。烷基較佳為甲基、乙基、正丁基或叔丁基等。 亦較佳為R 13~R 15以及R x及R y的各取代基分別獨立地藉由取代基的任意組合而形成酸分解性基。 In formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. The alkyl group is preferably methyl, ethyl, n-butyl or tert-butyl and the like. It is also preferable that each substituent of R 13 to R 15 and R x and R y independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.

接下來,對式(ZaII)進行說明。 式(ZaII)中,R 204及R 205分別獨立地表示芳基、烷基或環烷基。 作為R 204及R 205的芳基,較佳為苯基或萘基,更佳為苯基。R 204及R 205的芳基可以為具有雜環的芳基,該雜環具有氧原子、氮原子或硫原子等。作為具有雜環的芳基的骨架,可舉出例如吡咯、呋喃、噻吩、吲哚、苯並呋喃及苯並噻吩。 作為R 204及R 205的烷基及環烷基,較佳為碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基或碳數3~10的支鏈狀烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基或戊基)、或者碳數3~10的環烷基(例如環戊基、環己基或降冰片基)。 Next, formula (ZaII) will be described. In formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. The aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably phenyl or naphthyl, more preferably phenyl. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic ring having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene. The alkyl and cycloalkyl groups for R 204 and R 205 are preferably linear alkyl groups with 1 to 10 carbons or branched chain alkyl groups with 3 to 10 carbons (such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.) , butyl or pentyl), or a cycloalkyl group with 3 to 10 carbon atoms (such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or norbornyl).

R 204及R 205的芳基、烷基及環烷基可以分別獨立地具有取代基。作為R 204及R 205的芳基、烷基及環烷基可以具有的取代基,可舉出例如烷基(例如碳數1~15)、環烷基(例如碳數3~15)、芳基(例如碳數6~15)、烷氧基(例如碳數1~15)、鹵素原子、羥基及苯硫基。又,亦較佳為R 204及R 205的取代基分別獨立地藉由取代基的任意組合而形成酸分解性基。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. As substituents that the aryl, alkyl and cycloalkyl groups of R 204 and R 205 may have include, for example, alkyl groups (such as 1 to 15 carbons), cycloalkyls (such as 3 to 15 carbons), aromatic group (for example, carbon number 6-15), alkoxy group (for example, carbon number 1-15), halogen atom, hydroxyl group and phenylthio group. In addition, it is also preferable that the substituents of R 204 and R 205 independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.

以下示出有機陽離子的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。Specific examples of organic cations are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化學式84]

Figure 02_image153
[chemical formula 84]
Figure 02_image153

[化學式85]

Figure 02_image155
[chemical formula 85]
Figure 02_image155

在由「M +X -」表示的化合物中,X -表示陰離子。 關於陰離子的說明、具體例及較佳範圍與關於由上述化合物(N)的X -表示的陰離子的描述相同。 In the compound represented by "M + X - ", X - represents an anion. The description, specific examples, and preferred ranges of the anion are the same as those of the anion represented by X of the above-mentioned compound (N).

光酸產生劑(B)亦較佳為選自由化合物(I)及化合物(II)所組成的群組中的至少一者。The photoacid generator (B) is also preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compound (I) and compound (II).

(化合物(I)) 化合物(I)為具有一個以上的下述結構部位X及一個以上的下述結構部位Y的化合物,其是藉由光化射線或放射線的照射產生包含來自下述結構部位X的下述第一酸性部位和來自下述結構部位Y的下述第二酸性部位的酸的化合物。 結構部位X:由陰離子部位A 1 -和陽離子部位M 1 +構成、且藉由光化射線或放射線的照射形成HA 1所表示的第一酸性部位的結構部位 結構部位Y:由陰離子部位A 2 -和陽離子部位M 2 +構成、且藉由光化射線或放射線的照射形成HA 2所表示的第二酸性部位的結構部位 上述化合物(I)滿足下述條件I。 (Compound (I)) Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural site X and one or more of the following structural site Y, which is produced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation containing A compound of an acid derived from the following first acidic site of X and the following second acidic site of structural site Y described below. Structural site X: a structural site composed of anionic site A 1 and cationic site M 1 + , and the first acidic site represented by HA 1 is formed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation Structural site Y: anionic site A 2 - and a cationic moiety M 2 + , and a structural moiety that forms a second acidic moiety represented by HA 2 by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation The above-mentioned compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.

條件I:上述化合物(I)中將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +及上述結構部位Y中的上述陽離子部位M 2 +取代為H +而成的化合物PI具有酸解離常數a1和酸解離常數a2,且上述酸解離常數a2比上述酸解離常數a1大,酸解離常數a1來自由將上述結構部位X中的上述陽離子部位M 1 +取代為H +而成的HA 1表示的酸性部位,酸解離常數a2來自由將上述結構部位Y中的上述陽離子部位M 2 +取代為H +而成的HA 2表示的酸性部位。 Condition I: In the above-mentioned compound (I), the compound PI obtained by substituting the above-mentioned cationic site M 1 + in the above-mentioned structural site X and the above-mentioned cationic site M 2 + in the above-mentioned structural site Y with H + has an acid dissociation constant a1 and Acid dissociation constant a2, and the above acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the above acid dissociation constant a1, and the acid dissociation constant a1 is derived from the acidity represented by HA 1 obtained by substituting the above cationic site M 1 + in the above structural site X with H + site, the acid dissociation constant a2 is derived from the acidic site represented by HA 2 obtained by substituting the above-mentioned cationic site M 2 + in the above-mentioned structural site Y with H + .

化合物(I)中的陽離子部位M 1 +和陽離子部位M 2 +是含有帶正電荷的原子或原子團的結構部位,較佳為一價有機陽離子,例如可舉出如上所述的M +所表示的有機陽離子。 關於化合物(I)中的陽離子部位M 1 +和陽離子部位M 2 +以外的部分的說明、具體例、較佳範圍與關於上述化合物(NI)中的陽離子部位M 1 +和陽離子部位M 2 +以外的部分的描述相同。 The cationic site M 1 + and the cationic site M 2 + in compound (I) are structural sites containing positively charged atoms or atomic groups, preferably monovalent organic cations, such as those represented by the above-mentioned M + of organic cations. Explanation, specific examples, and preferred ranges of parts other than cationic site M 1 + and cationic site M 2 + in compound (I) and cationic site M 1 + and cationic site M 2 + in compound (NI) above The descriptions of other parts are the same.

(化合物(II)) 化合物(II)為具有兩個以上的上述結構部位X及一個以上的下述結構部位Z的化合物,其為藉由光化射線或放射線的照射產生包含兩個以上來自上述結構部位X的上述第一酸性部位和上述結構部位Z的酸的化合物。 結構部位Z:能夠將酸中和的非離子性的部位 (compound (II)) Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above-mentioned structural site X and one or more of the following structural site Z, which is produced by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. A compound having an acidic site and an acid of the above structural site Z. Structural site Z: a non-ionic site capable of neutralizing acid

化合物(II)中,結構部位X的定義、以及A 1 -及M 1 +的定義與上述化合物(I)中的結構部位X的定義、以及A 1 -及M 1 +的定義含義相同,較佳態樣也相同。 關於化合物(II)中結構部位Z的描述、具體例及較佳範圍與關於上述化合物(NII)中結構部位Z的描述相同。 關於化合物(II)中的陽離子部位M 1 +以外的部分的說明、具體例及較佳範圍與關於上述化合物(NII)中的陽離子部位M 1 +以外的部分的描述相同。 In compound (II), the definition of structural site X, and the definition of A 1 - and M 1 + have the same meaning as the definition of structural site X, A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (I) above, and are more The same goes for good looks. The description, specific examples and preferred ranges about the structural part Z in the compound (II) are the same as the description about the structural part Z in the above-mentioned compound (NII). The description, specific examples, and preferred ranges of the moiety other than the cationic site M 1 + in the compound (II) are the same as those described for the moiety other than the cationic site M 1 + in the compound (NII).

化合物(I)和化合物(II)可以具有的陽離子以外的部位的具體例與上述化合物(NI)和化合物(NII)可以具有的陽離子以外的部位的具體例相同。Specific examples of sites other than cations that compound (I) and compound (II) may have are the same as specific examples of sites other than cations that compound (NI) and compound (NII) may have above.

以下示出光酸產生劑(B)的具體例,但並不限定於這些。Although the specific example of a photoacid generator (B) is shown below, it is not limited to these.

[化學式86]

Figure 02_image157
[chemical formula 86]
Figure 02_image157

[化學式87]

Figure 02_image159
[chemical formula 87]
Figure 02_image159

[化學式88]

Figure 02_image161
[chemical formula 88]
Figure 02_image161

[化學式89]

Figure 02_image163
[chemical formula 89]
Figure 02_image163

在本發明的組成物包含光酸產生劑(B)的情況下,其含量並無特別限制,相對於本發明的組成物的全部固體成分,較佳為0.5質量%以上,更佳為1.0質量%以上。相對於本發明的組成物的全部固體成分,上述含量較佳為50.0質量%以下,更佳為30.0質量%以下,進一步較佳為25.0質量%以下。When the composition of the present invention contains the photoacid generator (B), its content is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least 0.5% by mass, more preferably 1.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. %above. The above content is preferably at most 50.0% by mass, more preferably at most 30.0% by mass, and still more preferably at most 25.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

光酸產生劑(B)可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。A photoacid generator (B) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types.

<酸擴散控制劑(C)> 本發明的組成物可以包含不同於化合物(N)的酸擴散控制劑(C)。 酸擴散控制劑(C)捕獲在曝光時由光酸產生劑等產生的酸、並作為抑制因其餘的所產生的酸進行的未曝光部中的酸分解性樹脂的反應的猝滅劑發揮作用。 酸擴散控制劑(C)的種類並無特別限制,可舉出例如鹼性化合物(CA)、具有氮原子且具有藉由酸的作用脫離的基團的低分子化合物(CB)及藉由光化射線或放射線的照射酸擴散控制能力降低或消失的化合物(CC)。 作為化合物(CC),可舉出相對於光酸產生劑(化合物(N)或光酸產生劑(B))而言成為相對弱酸的鎓鹽化合物(CD)及藉由光化射線或放射線的照射鹼性降低或消失的鹼性化合物(CE)。 作為鹼性化合物(CA)的具體例,可舉出例如國際公開第2020/066824號的段落[0132]~[0136]中記載的鹼性化合物,作為藉由光化射線或放射線的照射鹼性降低或消失的鹼性化合物(CE)的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2020/066824號的段落[0137]~[0155]、及國際公開第2020/066824號的段落[0164]中記載的鹼性化合物,作為具有氮原子且具有藉由酸的作用脫離的基團的低分子化合物(CB)的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2020/066824號的段落[0156]~[0163]中記載的低分子化合物。 作為相對於光酸產生劑而言成為相對弱酸的鎓鹽化合物(CD)的具體例,可舉出例如國際公開第2020/158337號的段落[0305]~[0314]中記載的鎓鹽化合物。 <Acid diffusion control agent (C)> The composition of the present invention may contain an acid diffusion controller (C) other than the compound (N). The acid diffusion control agent (C) captures the acid generated by the photoacid generator etc. during exposure, and functions as a quencher that suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed part by the remaining generated acid . The type of acid diffusion control agent (C) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include basic compounds (CA), low-molecular-weight compounds (CB) having nitrogen atoms and groups detached by the action of acids, and Compounds (CC) whose ability to control acid diffusion is reduced or lost upon exposure to chemical rays or radiation. Examples of the compound (CC) include an onium salt compound (CD) that becomes a relatively weak acid with respect to the photoacid generator (compound (N) or photoacid generator (B)), and an onium salt compound (CD) that is activated by actinic rays or radiation. Irradiation of basic compounds (CE) with reduced or lost alkalinity. Specific examples of basic compounds (CA) include basic compounds described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. Specific examples of reduced or disappeared basic compounds (CE) include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of International Publication No. 2020/066824 and paragraphs [0164] of International Publication No. 2020/066824. As specific examples of the basic compound, a low-molecular compound (CB) having a nitrogen atom and a group detached by the action of an acid, paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of International Publication No. 2020/066824 can be cited. Recorded low molecular weight compounds. Specific examples of the onium salt compound (CD) that is a relatively weak acid relative to the photoacid generator include the onium salt compounds described in paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of International Publication No. 2020/158337.

除上述以外,亦能夠適合使用例如美國專利申請公開2016/0070167A1號的段落[0627]~[0664]、美國專利申請公開2015/0004544A1號的段落[0095]~[0187]、美國專利申請公開2016/0237190A1號的段落[0403]~[0423]及美國專利申請公開2016/0274458A1號的段落[0259]~[0328]中所公開的公知化合物作為酸擴散控制劑。In addition to the above, for example, paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0095] to [0187] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of No./0237190A1 and paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 are used as acid diffusion control agents.

在本發明的組成物包含酸擴散控制劑(C)的情況下,相對於本發明的組成物的全部固體成分,酸擴散控制劑(C)的含量(在存在複數種的情況下為其合計)較佳為0.1~15.0質量%,更佳為1.0~15.0質量%。 在本發明的組成物中,酸擴散控制劑(C)可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用兩種以上。 When the composition of the present invention contains an acid diffusion control agent (C), the content of the acid diffusion control agent (C) (the total amount of ) is preferably from 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably from 1.0 to 15.0% by mass. In the composition of the present invention, the acid diffusion controller (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<疏水性樹脂(D)> 本發明的組成物可以進一步包含與樹脂(A)不同的疏水性樹脂。 疏水性樹脂較佳為設計成不均勻地分佈在光阻膜的表面上,其與界面活性劑不同,未必需要在分子內具有親水基團且極性物質,亦可以不促成非極性物質的均勻混合。 作為因添加疏水性樹脂帶來的效果,可舉出控制光阻膜表面相對於水的靜態及動態的接觸角以及抑制脫氣。 <Hydrophobic resin (D)> The composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin different from the resin (A). The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the photoresist film. Unlike surfactants, it does not necessarily need to have hydrophilic groups and polar substances in the molecule, and it may not promote the uniform mixing of non-polar substances. . Examples of the effects of adding a hydrophobic resin include controlling the static and dynamic contact angles of the photoresist film surface with respect to water and suppressing outgassing.

從在膜表層上的不均勻分佈的方面出發,疏水性樹脂較佳為具有氟原子、矽素原子及樹脂的側鏈部分中所含的CH 3部分結構的任一種以上,更佳為具有兩種以上。上述疏水性樹脂較佳為具有碳數5以上的烴基。此等基團可以存在於樹脂的主鏈中,亦可以在側鏈進行取代。 作為疏水性樹脂,可舉出國際公開第2020/004306號的段落[0275]~[0279]中記載的化合物。 From the aspect of uneven distribution on the surface layer of the film, the hydrophobic resin preferably has any one or more of CH3 moiety structures contained in fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and side chains of the resin, more preferably two or more. more than one species. The above-mentioned hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups can exist in the main chain of the resin, and can also be substituted in the side chain. Examples of the hydrophobic resin include compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.

在本發明的組成物包含疏水性樹脂的情況下,相對於本發明的組成物的全部固體成分,疏水性樹脂的含量較佳為0.01~20.0質量%,更佳為0.1~15.0質量%。When the composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably from 0.01 to 20.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.

<界面活性劑(E)> 本發明的組成物可以包含界面活性劑。若包含界面活性劑,則能夠形成密合性更優異、顯影缺陷更少的圖案。 界面活性劑較佳為氟系和/或矽系界面活性劑。 作為氟系和/或矽系界面活性劑,可舉出國際公開第2018/19395號的段落[0218]及[0219]中所公開的界面活性劑。 <Surfactant (E)> The composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is included, it is possible to form a pattern with more excellent adhesion and fewer image development defects. The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant include those disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/19395.

此等界面活性劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

在本發明的組成物包含界面活性劑的情況下,相對於本發明的組成物的全部固體成分,界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.0001~2.0質量%,更佳為0.0005~1.0質量%,進一步較佳為0.1~1.0質量%。When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, and further Preferably it is 0.1-1.0 mass %.

<溶劑(F)> 本發明的組成物較佳為包含溶劑。 溶劑較佳為包含以下成分中的至少一者:(M1)丙二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯;(M2)選自由丙二醇單烷基醚、乳酸酯、乙酸酯、烷氧基丙酸酯、鏈狀酮、環狀酮、內酯及碳酸亞烷基酯所組成的群組中的至少一個。再者,上述溶劑可以進一步包含除成分(M1)及(M2)以外的成分。 <Solvent (F)> The composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. The solvent preferably contains at least one of the following components: (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate; (M2) selected from propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate, acetate, alkoxy propionate , chain ketones, cyclic ketones, lactones and at least one of the group consisting of alkylene carbonates. In addition, the above-mentioned solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).

若將上述溶劑與上述樹脂組合,則從提高本發明的組成物的塗佈性及降低圖案的顯影缺陷數的觀點出發較佳。上述溶劑使得上述樹脂的溶解性、沸點及粘度的平衡良好,因此能夠抑制光阻膜的膜厚的不均及旋塗中的析出物的產生等。 成分(M1)及成分(M2)的詳細情況記載於國際公開第2020/004306號的段落[0218]~[0226]中,此等的內容併入本說明書中。 Combining the above-mentioned solvent with the above-mentioned resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the applicability of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of development defects in patterns. The above-mentioned solvent makes the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin well-balanced, so it is possible to suppress uneven film thickness of the photoresist film, generation of precipitates during spin coating, and the like. The details of the component (M1) and the component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of International Publication No. 2020/004306, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

在溶劑進一步包含除成分(M1)及(M2)以外的成分的情況下,較佳為除成分(M1)及(M2)以外的成分的含量相對於溶劑的總量為5~30質量%。When the solvent further contains components other than the components (M1) and (M2), the content of the components other than the components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.

本發明的組成物中的溶劑的含量較佳為以使固體成分濃度達到1~30質量%的方式來確定,更佳為以達到0.5~14.0質量%的方式來確定。由此,可進一步提高本發明的組成物的塗佈性。此外,可以獲得具有適合用於形成高精度精細圖案的ArF液浸曝光和EUV曝光的膜厚的光阻膜。The content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration becomes 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 14.0% by mass. Accordingly, the applicability of the composition of the present invention can be further improved. In addition, a photoresist film having a film thickness suitable for ArF liquid immersion exposure and EUV exposure for forming high-precision fine patterns can be obtained.

<其他添加劑> 本發明的組成物可以進一步包含溶解阻止化合物、染料、塑化劑、光增感劑、光吸收劑和/或促進對顯影液的溶解性的化合物(例如分子量1000以下的酚化合物或包含羧基的脂環族或脂肪族化合物)。 <Other additives> The composition of the present invention may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenolic compound with a molecular weight of 1000 or less or a carboxyl group-containing cycloaliphatic or aliphatic compounds).

所謂上述「溶解阻止化合物」為藉由酸的作用分解而在有機系顯影液中的溶解度減少的分子量3000以下的化合物。The above-mentioned "dissolution inhibiting compound" is a compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less whose solubility in an organic developer is reduced by decomposition by the action of an acid.

本發明的組成物可適合用作EUV曝光用感光性組成物。 EUV光的波長為13.5nm,與ArF(波長193nm)光等相比,其波長更短,因此以相同感度曝光時的入射光子數少。因此,在概率上光子數有偏差的「光子散粒雜訊」的影響大,招致LER的惡化及橋接缺陷。為了減少光子散粒雜訊,有增大曝光量以增加入射光子數的方法,但需要與高感度化的要求折衷。 The composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EUV exposure. The wavelength of EUV light is 13.5nm, which is shorter than that of ArF (wavelength 193nm) light, etc., so the number of incident photons when exposed at the same sensitivity is small. Therefore, the "photon shot noise" in which the number of photons varies in probability has a large influence, leading to deterioration of LER and bridging defects. In order to reduce photon shot noise, there is a method of increasing the exposure amount to increase the number of incident photons, but it needs to be compromised with the requirement of high sensitivity.

由下述式(1)求出的A值高時,由光阻組成物形成的光阻膜的EUV光及電子束的吸收效率變高,可有效降低光子散粒噪聲。A值表示光阻膜的質量比的EUV光及電子束的吸收效率。 式(1):A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5)/([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127) A值較佳為0.120以上。上限並無特別限制,但A值太大時,光阻膜的EUV光及電子束透過率會降低,光阻膜中的光學圖像輪廓劣化,結果難以得到良好的圖案形狀,因此較佳為0.240以下,更佳為0.220以下。 When the A value obtained from the following formula (1) is high, the absorption efficiency of EUV light and electron beams of the photoresist film formed of the photoresist composition becomes high, and photon shot noise can be effectively reduced. The A value represents the absorption efficiency of EUV light and electron beams in the mass ratio of the photoresist film. Formula (1): A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5) /([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127) The A value is preferably at least 0.120. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but when the A value is too large, the EUV light and electron beam transmittance of the photoresist film will decrease, the optical image profile in the photoresist film will deteriorate, and as a result, it is difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, so it is preferably 0.240 or less, more preferably 0.220 or less.

式(1)中,[H]表示源自本發明的組成物中的全部固體成分的氫原子相對於全部固體成分的全部原子的莫耳比,[C]表示源自本發明的組成物中的全部固體成分的碳原子相對於全部體成分的全部原子的莫耳比,[N]表示源自本發明的組成物中的全部固體成分的氮原子相對於全部固體成分的全部原子的莫耳比,[O]表示源自本發明的組成物中的全部固體成分的氧原子相對於全部固體成分的全部原子的莫耳比,[F]表示源自本發明的組成物中的全部固體成分的氟原子相對於全部固體成分的全部原子的莫耳比,[S]表示源自本發明的組成物中的全部固體成分的硫原子相對於全部固體成分的全部原子的莫耳比,[I]表示源自本發明的組成物中的全部固體成分的碘原子相對於全部固體成分的全部原子的莫耳比。 例如,當本發明的組成物含有化合物(N)、樹脂(A)、光酸產生劑(B)、酸擴散控制劑(C)和溶劑時,相當於化合物(N)、樹脂(A)、光酸產生劑(B)和酸擴散控制劑(C)的固體成分。即,全部固體成分的全部原子相當於源自化合物(N)的全部原子、源自樹脂(A)的全部原子、源自光酸產生劑(B)的全部原子、及源自酸擴散控制劑(C)的全部原子的總和。例如,[H]表示源自全部固體成分的氫原子與全部固體成分的全部原子數的莫耳比,基於上述例子來說明,則[H]表示源自化合物(N)的全部原子的氫原子、源自樹脂(A)的全部原子的氫原子、源自光酸產生劑(B)的全部原子的氫原子、及源自酸擴散控制劑(C)的全部原子的氫原子的總和相對於源自化合物(N)的全部原子、源自樹脂(A)的全部原子、源自光酸產生劑(B)的全部原子、及源自酸擴散控制劑(C)的全部原子的總和的莫耳比。 In formula (1), [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from all solid components in the composition of the present invention relative to all atoms in all solid components, and [C] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from all solid components in the composition of the present invention. The molar ratio of carbon atoms in all solid components to all atoms in all solid components, and [N] represents the molar ratio of nitrogen atoms in all solid components in the composition of the present invention to all atoms in all solid components Ratio, [O] represents the molar ratio of oxygen atoms derived from the total solid content of the composition of the present invention to all atoms of the total solid content, and [F] represents the total solid content derived from the composition of the present invention [S] represents the molar ratio of the sulfur atoms derived from the total solid content of the composition of the present invention relative to the total atoms of the total solid content, [I ] represents the molar ratio of iodine atoms derived from all solid components in the composition of the present invention relative to all atoms in all solid components. For example, when the composition of the present invention contains compound (N), resin (A), photoacid generator (B), acid diffusion control agent (C) and solvent, it is equivalent to compound (N), resin (A), Solid components of the photoacid generator (B) and the acid diffusion controller (C). That is, all atoms in the total solid content correspond to all atoms derived from the compound (N), all atoms derived from the resin (A), all atoms derived from the photoacid generator (B), and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion control agent (C) The sum of all atoms. For example, [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from all solid components to the total number of atoms in all solid components, and based on the above example, [H] represents hydrogen atoms derived from all atoms of compound (N) , the sum of the hydrogen atoms derived from all the atoms of the resin (A), the hydrogen atoms derived from all the atoms of the photoacid generator (B), and the hydrogen atoms derived from all the atoms of the acid diffusion control agent (C) relative to Mo of the sum of all atoms derived from the compound (N), all atoms derived from the resin (A), all atoms derived from the photoacid generator (B), and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion control agent (C) Ear ratio.

A值的計算,在本發明的組成物中的全部固體成分的構成成分之結構及含量已知的情況下,可以藉由計算所含有的原子數比而算出。又,即使在構成成分未知的情況下,亦可針對使本發明的組成物的溶劑成分蒸發而得到的光阻膜,藉由元素分析等分析方法計算出構成原子數比。Calculation of the A value can be calculated by calculating the ratio of the number of atoms contained in the composition of the present invention when the structures and contents of the constituent components of all solid components are known. Moreover, even when the constituent components are unknown, the constituent atomic ratio can be calculated by analytical methods such as elemental analysis with respect to the photoresist film obtained by evaporating the solvent component of the composition of the present invention.

<光阻膜、圖案形成方法> 使用本發明的組成物的圖案形成方法的步驟並無特別限制,較佳為具有以下的製程。 製程1:使用本發明的組成物在基板上形成光阻膜的製程 製程2:對光阻膜進行曝光的製程 製程3:使用顯影液對經曝光的光阻膜進行顯影的製程 以下,對上述各個製程的步驟進行詳細敘述。 <Photoresist film, pattern forming method> The steps of the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention are not particularly limited, and preferably have the following process. Process 1: A process for forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention Process 2: The process of exposing the photoresist film Process 3: The process of developing the exposed photoresist film using a developer Hereinafter, the steps of each of the above-mentioned manufacturing processes will be described in detail.

(製程1:光阻膜形成製程) 製程1為使用本發明的組成物在基板上形成光阻膜的製程。 本發明的組成物如上所述。 (Process 1: Photoresist film formation process) Process 1 is a process for forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention. The composition of the present invention is as described above.

作為使用本發明的組成物在基板上形成光阻膜的方法,例如,可舉出將本發明的組成物塗佈到基板上的方法。 再者,較佳為在塗佈前根據需要用過濾器過濾本發明的組成物。過濾器的孔徑較佳為0.1μm以下,更佳為0.05μm以下,進一步較佳為0.03μm以下。過濾器較佳為聚四氟乙烯製、聚乙烯製或尼龍製。 As a method of forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention, for example, a method of applying the composition of the present invention to a substrate is mentioned. Furthermore, it is preferable to filter the composition of this invention with a filter as needed before coating. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, further preferably 0.03 μm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.

本發明的組成物能夠藉由旋塗器或塗佈器等適當的塗佈方法來塗佈至用於製造積體電路元件的基板(例:被覆有矽、二氧化矽被覆)上。塗佈方法較佳為使用旋塗器的旋轉塗佈。使用旋塗器進行旋轉塗佈時的轉速較佳為1000~3000rpm。 可以在本發明的組成物的塗佈後將基板乾燥來光阻膜。再者,亦可以根據需要在光阻膜的下層形成各種基底膜(無機膜、有機膜、防反射膜)。 The composition of the present invention can be applied to a substrate (eg, silicon-coated, silicon dioxide-coated) for manufacturing integrated circuit elements by an appropriate coating method such as a spin coater or a coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spin coater. The rotational speed when performing spin coating using a spin coater is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm. The photoresist film can be obtained by drying the substrate after coating the composition of the present invention. Furthermore, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed on the lower layer of the photoresist film as needed.

作為乾燥方法,可舉出例如進行加熱來乾燥的方法。加熱能夠以通常的曝光機和/或、顯影機所配備的機構來實施,亦可以使用熱板等來實施。加熱溫度較佳為80~150℃,更佳為80~140℃,進一步較佳為80~130℃。加熱時間較佳為30~1000秒,更佳為60~800秒,進一步較佳為60~600秒。As a drying method, the method of heating and drying is mentioned, for example. Heating can be implemented by means equipped with a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, and can implement using a hot plate etc. also. The heating temperature is preferably from 80 to 150°C, more preferably from 80 to 140°C, further preferably from 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably from 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably from 60 to 800 seconds, further preferably from 60 to 600 seconds.

光阻膜的膜厚並無特別限制,從能夠形成高精度的微細圖案的方面出發,較佳為10~120nm。其中,在EUV曝光的情況下,作為光阻膜的膜厚,更佳為10~65nm,進一步較佳為15~50nm。在進行ArF浸漬曝光的情況下,作為光阻膜的膜厚,更佳為10~120nm,進一步較佳為15~90nm。The film thickness of the photoresist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the viewpoint of being able to form a fine pattern with high precision. Among them, in the case of EUV exposure, the film thickness of the photoresist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, further preferably 15 to 50 nm. In the case of performing ArF immersion exposure, the film thickness of the photoresist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, further preferably 15 to 90 nm.

再者,可以使用外塗層組成物在光阻膜的上層形成外塗層。 外塗層組成物較佳為能夠進一步均勻地塗佈於光阻膜上層而不與光阻膜混合。外塗層並無特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來形成以往公知的外塗層,例如能夠基於日本特開2014-059543號公報的段落[0072]~[0082]的記載來形成外塗層。 例如,較佳為如日本特開2013-61648號公報中記載那樣在光阻膜上形成包含鹼性化合物的外塗層。外塗層可包含的鹼性化合物的具體例可舉出感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物可以包含的鹼性化合物。 外塗層亦較佳為包含至少一個選自由醚鍵、硫醚鍵、羥基、硫醇基、羰基鍵結及酯鍵所組成的群組中的基團或鍵的化合物。 Furthermore, an overcoat layer may be formed on an upper layer of the photoresist film using an overcoat composition. Preferably, the overcoat composition can be further uniformly coated on the upper layer of the photoresist film without being mixed with the photoresist film. The overcoat layer is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known overcoat layer can be formed by a conventionally known method. For example, the overcoat layer can be formed based on the description in paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of JP-A-2014-059543 layer. For example, it is preferable to form an overcoat layer containing a basic compound on a photoresist film as described in JP-A-2013-61648. Specific examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the overcoat layer include basic compounds that can be contained in an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The overcoat layer is also preferably a compound comprising at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of ether bond, thioether bond, hydroxyl group, thiol group, carbonyl bond, and ester bond.

(製程2:曝光製程) 製程2為對光阻膜進行曝光的製程。 作為曝光的方法,可舉出對所形成的光阻膜介隔規定的遮罩而照射光化射線或放射線的方法。 作為光化射線或放射線,可舉出紅外光、可見光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X射線及電子束,較佳為250nm以下,更佳為220nm以下,特佳為1~200nm的波長的遠紫外光,具體為KrF準分子雷射(248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(193nm)、F 2準分子雷射(157nm)、EUV(13.5nm)、X射線及電子束。 光阻膜的曝光製程較佳為將光阻膜曝光於EUV的製程。 (Process 2: Exposure Process) Process 2 is a process for exposing the photoresist film. As a method of exposure, a method of irradiating actinic rays or radiation to the formed photoresist film through a predetermined mask is mentioned. Examples of actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably 1 to 200 nm Far-ultraviolet light with a certain wavelength, specifically KrF excimer laser (248nm), ArF excimer laser (193nm), F 2 excimer laser (157nm), EUV (13.5nm), X-rays and electron beams. The exposure process of the photoresist film is preferably a process of exposing the photoresist film to EUV.

較佳為在曝光後且進行顯影之前進行烘烤(加熱)。藉由烘烤來促進曝光部的反應,使感度及圖案形狀更良好。 加熱溫度較佳為80~150℃,更佳為80~140℃,進一步較佳為80~130℃。 加熱時間較佳為10~1000秒,更佳為10~180秒,進一步較佳為30~120秒。 加熱能夠藉由通常的曝光機和/或顯影機所配備的機構來實施,亦能夠使用熱板等來進行。 該製程亦稱為曝光後烘烤。 Baking (heating) is preferably performed after exposure and before image development. Accelerate the reaction of the exposed part by baking, and make the sensitivity and pattern shape better. The heating temperature is preferably from 80 to 150°C, more preferably from 80 to 140°C, further preferably from 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably from 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably from 10 to 180 seconds, further preferably from 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be implemented by the mechanism equipped with the usual exposure machine and/or developing machine, and can also be performed using a hot plate etc. as well. This process is also called post-exposure bake.

(製程3:顯影製程) 製程3為使用顯影液對經曝光的光阻膜進行顯影以形成圖案的製程。 顯影液可以為鹼性顯影液,亦可以為含有有機溶劑的顯影液(以下亦稱為有機系顯影液)。 (Process 3: Development process) Process 3 is a process of developing the exposed photoresist film with a developer to form a pattern. The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).

作為顯影方法,可舉出例如:將基板在充滿顯影液的槽中浸漬一定時間的方法(浸漬法);藉由表面張力使顯影液堆積至基板表面並靜置一定時間進行顯影的方法(覆液(puddle)法);將顯影液噴霧至基板表面的方法(噴霧法);及在以一定速度掃描顯影液排出噴嘴的同時向以一定速度旋轉的基板上連續排出顯影液的方法(動態分配法)。 又,亦可以在進行顯影的製程之後實施在取代為其他溶劑的同時停止顯影的製程。 顯影時間只要是充分溶解未曝光部的樹脂的時間,則並無特別限制,較佳為10~300秒,更佳為20~120秒。 顯影液的溫度較佳為0~50℃,更佳為15~35℃。 Examples of developing methods include: a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dipping method); solution (puddle) method); method of spraying the developer onto the surface of the substrate (spray method); and method of continuously discharging the developer onto the substrate rotating at a certain speed while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a certain speed (dynamic distribution Law). Moreover, after the process of image development, the process of stopping image development while replacing with another solvent can also be implemented. The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed portion is sufficiently dissolved, but it is preferably from 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably from 20 to 120 seconds. The temperature of the developer is preferably from 0 to 50°C, more preferably from 15 to 35°C.

鹼性顯影液較佳為使用包含鹼的鹼水溶液。鹼水溶液的種類並無特別限制,可舉出例如包含以氫氧化四甲基銨為代表的季銨鹽、無機鹼、伯胺、仲胺、叔胺、醇胺或環狀胺等的鹼水溶液。其中,鹼性顯影液較佳為以氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)為代表的季銨鹽的水溶液。在鹼性顯影液中可以適量添加醇類、界面活性劑等。鹼性顯影液的鹼濃度較佳為通常0.1~20質量%。鹼性顯影液的pH較佳為通常10.0~15.0。It is preferable to use the alkali aqueous solution containing alkali as an alkaline developing solution. The type of aqueous alkali solution is not particularly limited, and examples include aqueous alkali solutions containing quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic bases, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. . Among them, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Alcohols, surfactants, etc. can be added in an appropriate amount in the alkaline developer. The alkali concentration of the alkaline developing solution is preferably usually 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developing solution is preferably usually from 10.0 to 15.0.

有機系顯影液較佳為含有選自由酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑及烴系溶劑所組成的群組中的至少一種有機溶劑的顯影液。The organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.

上述的溶劑可以混合複數種,亦可以與除上述以外的溶劑或水混合。作為顯影液而言的含水率較佳為不足50質量%,更佳為不足20質量%,進一步較佳為不足10質量%,特佳為實質上不含有水分。 相對於顯影液的總量而言,有機溶劑相對於有機系顯影液的含量較佳為50質量%以上且100質量%以下,更佳為80質量%以上且100質量%以下,進一步較佳為90質量%以上且100質量%以下,特佳為95質量%以上且100質量%以下。 The above-mentioned solvents may be mixed in plural, and may be mixed with solvents other than the above-mentioned ones or water. The moisture content of the developer is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of moisture. With respect to the total amount of the developer, the content of the organic solvent relative to the organic developer is preferably from 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably from 80% by mass to 100% by mass, still more preferably 90 mass % or more and 100 mass % or less, especially preferably 95 mass % or more and 100 mass % or less.

(其他製程) 上述圖案形成方法較佳為包括在製程3之後使用沖洗液進行清洗的製程。 (other processes) The above-mentioned pattern forming method preferably includes a cleaning process using a rinse solution after the process 3 .

作為使用鹼性顯影液進行顯影的製程之後的沖洗製程中使用的沖洗液,可舉出例如純水。再者,在純水中可以適量添加界面活性劑。 在沖洗液中可以適量添加界面活性劑。 As a rinsing liquid used in the rinsing process after the process of developing using an alkaline developing solution, pure water is mentioned, for example. Furthermore, a suitable amount of surfactant can be added to pure water. A suitable amount of surfactant can be added to the flushing solution.

使用有機系顯影液的顯影製程之後的沖洗製程中使用的沖洗液只要是不溶解圖案的沖洗液,則並無特別限制,能夠使用包含一般有機溶劑的溶液。沖洗液較佳為使用含有選自由烴系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及醚系溶劑所組成的群組中的至少一種有機溶劑的沖洗液。The rinse solution used in the rinse process after the development process using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. The rinsing solution is preferably a rinsing solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.

沖洗製程的方法並無特別限定,可舉出例如:向以一定速度旋轉的基板上連續排出沖洗液的方法(旋轉塗佈法);將基板在充滿沖洗液的槽中浸漬一定時間的方法(浸漬法);及對基板表面噴霧沖洗液的方法(噴霧法)。 又,圖案形成方法可以包括在沖洗製程之後的加熱製程(Post Bake)。藉由本製程,利用烘烤來除去殘留於圖案間及圖案內部的顯影液及沖洗液。又,藉由本製程,亦具有使光阻圖案平滑、改善圖案的表面粗糙的效果。沖洗製程之後的加熱製程在通常40~250℃(較佳為90~200℃)下進行通常10秒鐘~3分鐘(較佳為30秒鐘~120秒鐘)。 The method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, and examples include: a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (spin coating method); a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a rinsing liquid for a certain period of time ( dipping method); and a method of spraying a rinse solution on the substrate surface (spray method). Also, the pattern forming method may include a heating process (Post Bake) after the rinsing process. In this process, the developer and rinse solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. Moreover, this manufacturing process also has the effect of smoothing the photoresist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern. The heating process after the rinsing process is usually performed at 40 to 250° C. (preferably 90 to 200° C.) for usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).

又,亦可以將所形成的圖案作為遮罩來實施基板的蝕刻處理。即,亦可以將製程3中所形成的圖案作為遮罩對基板(或下層膜及基板)進行加工而在基板上形成圖案。 基板(或下層膜及基板)的加工方法並無特別限定,較佳為藉由將製程3中所形成的圖案作為遮罩而對基板(或下層膜及基板)進行乾蝕刻而在基板上形成圖案的方法。乾蝕刻較佳為氧電漿蝕刻。 Moreover, the etching process of a board|substrate can also be performed using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in Process 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlying film and substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate. The processing method of the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, and it is preferably formed on the substrate by dry etching the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in process 3 as a mask. pattern method. Dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.

本發明的組成物及本發明的圖案形成方法中所使用的各種材料(例如溶劑、顯影液、沖洗液、防反射膜形成用組成物、外塗層形成用組成物等)較佳為不包含金屬等雜質。此等材料中所含的雜質的含量較佳為1質量ppm(parts per million)以下,更佳為10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下,進一步較佳為100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下,特佳為10質量ppt以下,最佳為1質量ppt以下。下限並無特別限制,較佳為0質量ppt以上。在此,作為金屬雜質,可舉出例如Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W及Zn。The composition of the present invention and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, solvent, developer, rinse solution, composition for forming an antireflection film, composition for forming an overcoat layer, etc.) preferably do not contain Impurities such as metals. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, further preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion), The best is less than 10 quality ppt, and the best is less than 1 quality ppt. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0 mass ppt or more. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V , W and Zn.

作為從各種材料中除去金屬等雜質的方法,可舉出例如使用過濾器的過濾。使用過濾器的過濾的詳細情況記載於國際公開第2020/004306號的段落[0321]中。As a method of removing impurities such as metals from various materials, for example, filtration using a filter is mentioned. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.

作為降低各種材料中所含的金屬等雜質的方法,可舉出例如:選擇金屬含量少的原料作為構成各種材料的原料的方法;對構成各種材料的原料進行過濾器過濾的方法;及對裝置內加襯特氟隆(註冊商標)等而在盡可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾的方法。As a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials, for example: a method of selecting raw materials with low metal content as raw materials constituting various materials; a method of filtering raw materials constituting various materials; A method in which distillation is carried out under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible by lining the interior with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like.

除過濾器過濾以外,亦可以利用吸附材料去除雜質,可以將過濾器過濾和吸附材料組合使用。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料,例如能夠使用矽膠及沸石等無機系吸附材料、以及活性炭等有機系吸附材料。為了降低上述各種材料中所含的金屬等雜質,需要防止製造製程中的金屬雜質的混入。關於是否已從製造裝置中充分地除去金屬雜質,能夠藉由測定在用於清洗製造裝置的清洗液中所含的金屬成分的含量來確認。使用後的清洗液中所含的金屬成分的含量較佳為100質量ppt以下,更佳為10質量ppt以下,進一步較佳為1質量ppt以下。下限並無特別限制,較佳為0質量ppt以上。In addition to filter filtration, adsorption materials can also be used to remove impurities, and filter filtration and adsorption materials can be used in combination. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used, for example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the above-mentioned various materials, it is necessary to prevent mixing of metal impurities in the manufacturing process. Whether metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning liquid used to clean the manufacturing equipment. The content of the metal component contained in the used cleaning solution is preferably 100 ppt by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppt by mass or less, further preferably 1 ppt by mass or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.

為了防止與靜電的帶電、後續發生的靜電放電相伴的藥液配管及各種零件(過濾器、O-型環及管等)的故障,在沖洗液等有機系處理液中可以添加導電性的化合物。導電性的化合物並無特別限制,可舉出例如甲醇。添加量並無特別限制,在維持較佳的顯影特性或沖洗特性的方面,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以下。下限並無特別限制,較佳為0.01質量%以上。 作為藥液配管,能夠使用例如由SUS(不銹鋼)、或者實施了抗靜電處理的聚乙烯、聚丙烯或氟樹脂(聚四氟乙烯或全氟烷氧基樹脂等)形成被膜的各種配管。關於過濾器及O-型環,也同樣能夠使用實施了抗靜電處理的聚乙烯、聚丙烯或氟樹脂(聚四氟乙烯或全氟烷氧基樹脂等)。 Conductive compounds can be added to organic treatment liquids such as flushing liquids in order to prevent malfunctions of chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) . The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol. The addition amount is not particularly limited, but is preferably at most 10% by mass, more preferably at most 5% by mass, in order to maintain good developing properties or flushing properties. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least 0.01% by mass. As the chemical piping, for example, various pipings coated with SUS (stainless steel), or antistatic-treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used. For the filter and the O-ring, antistatic-treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used similarly.

<電子器件的製造方法> 本發明亦涉及包括上述圖案形成方法的電子器件的製造方法及藉由該製造方法來製造的電子器件。 作為本說明書的電子器件的較佳態樣,可舉出搭載於電气電子設備(家電、OA(Office Automation)、媒體相關設備、光學用設備及通信設備等)的態樣。 [實施例] <Manufacturing method of electronic devices> The present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing an electronic device including the above pattern forming method and an electronic device manufactured by the method. Preferred embodiments of the electronic device in this specification include embodiments mounted in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, and the like). [Example]

以下,基於實施例對本發明進行更詳細地說明。只要不脫離本發明的主旨,以下的實施例所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理步驟等均能適宜變更。因此,本發明的範圍不應被以下所示的實施例限定性地解釋。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. Unless departing from the gist of the present invention, the materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the Examples shown below.

下面描述實施例和比較例中使用的化合物。The compounds used in Examples and Comparative Examples are described below.

<化合物(N)> 作為化合物(N)使用了X-1-X-24。X-21的重複單元的比率是X-21所含的各重複單元相對於全部重複單元的質量比(質量%)。X-21的重量平均分子量(Mw)為9200,分散度(Mw/Mn)為1.63。Me表示甲基。 又,在比較例中,使用了Z-1~Z-6。儘管Z-1~Z-6不是化合物(N),但為方便起見將它們列在化合物(N)一欄中。 Me表示甲基。 <Compound (N)> As the compound (N), X-1 to X-24 were used. The repeating unit ratio of X-21 is the mass ratio (mass %) of each repeating unit contained in X-21 to all repeating units. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of X-21 was 9200, and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) was 1.63. Me represents a methyl group. In addition, in the comparative example, Z-1 to Z-6 were used. Although Z-1 to Z-6 are not compounds (N), they are listed in the column of compound (N) for convenience. Me represents a methyl group.

[化學式90]

Figure 02_image165
[chemical formula 90]
Figure 02_image165

[化學式91]

Figure 02_image167
[chemical formula 91]
Figure 02_image167

[化學式92]

Figure 02_image169
[chemical formula 92]
Figure 02_image169

[化學式93]

Figure 02_image171
[chemical formula 93]
Figure 02_image171

[化學式94]

Figure 02_image173
[chemical formula 94]
Figure 02_image173

(合成例1:X-1的合成) X-1的合成例如下所示。 (Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of X-1) The synthesis example of X-1 is shown below.

[化學式95]

Figure 02_image175
[chemical formula 95]
Figure 02_image175

將鎂(19.3g)添加到四氫呋喃(THF)(850mL)中以得到混合物。將1-溴-4-(三氟甲氧基)苯(182.3g)滴加到所得混合物中。然後將上述混合物攪拌1小時以製備格氏試劑X-1-1。將格氏試劑X-1-1冷卻至0℃並滴加亞硫醯氯(45.0g)。將上述混合物攪拌1小時後,將1mol/L鹽酸(800mL)添加到混合物中,同時將上述混合物的溫度保持在0℃。用乙酸乙酯(600mL)萃取上述混合物中產生的反應產物。將所得有機相用水(500mL)洗滌3次,然後從有機相中蒸發溶媒。將得到的濃縮物用矽膠柱層析法進行純化,得到X-1-A(71.5g)(產率51%)。Magnesium (19.3 g) was added to tetrahydrofuran (THF) (850 mL) to obtain a mixture. 1-Bromo-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (182.3 g) was added dropwise to the resulting mixture. The above mixture was then stirred for 1 hour to prepare Grignard reagent X-1-1. Grignard reagent X-1-1 was cooled to 0°C and thionyl chloride (45.0 g) was added dropwise. After the above mixture was stirred for 1 hour, 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid (800 mL) was added to the mixture while maintaining the temperature of the above mixture at 0°C. The reaction product generated in the above mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (600 mL). The resulting organic phase was washed 3 times with water (500 mL), then the solvent was evaporated from the organic phase. The obtained concentrate was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain X-1-A (71.5 g) (yield 51%).

[化學式96]

Figure 02_image177
[chemical formula 96]
Figure 02_image177

在四氫呋喃380mL中加入鎂9.4g,滴加1-溴-4-(三氟甲氧基)苯(89.8g),攪拌1小時,製備格氏試劑X-1-2。將格氏試劑X-1-2冷卻至15°C,並加入X-1-A(46.0g)。然後將溴代三甲基甲硅烷(TMSBr)(133.1g)滴加到上述混合物中。攪拌上述混合液1小時後,冷卻至0℃,滴加水500mL。用二氯甲烷(500mL)萃取上述混合物中產生的反應產物。將所得有機相用水(500mL)洗滌3次,然後從有機相中蒸發溶媒。用二異丙醚(200mL)純化所得濃縮物,得到X-1-B(29.6g)(產率40%)。9.4 g of magnesium was added to 380 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 1-bromo-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (89.8 g) was added dropwise, and stirred for 1 hour to prepare Grignard reagent X-1-2. Grignard reagent X-1-2 was cooled to 15°C and X-1-A (46.0 g) was added. Bromotrimethylsilane (TMSBr) (133.1 g) was then added dropwise to the above mixture. After stirring the above mixed solution for 1 hour, it was cooled to 0° C., and 500 mL of water was added dropwise. The resulting reaction product in the above mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (500 mL). The resulting organic phase was washed 3 times with water (500 mL), then the solvent was evaporated from the organic phase. The resulting concentrate was purified with diisopropyl ether (200 mL) to give X-1-B (29.6 g) (yield 40%).

[化學式97]

Figure 02_image179
[chemical formula 97]
Figure 02_image179

混合二氯甲烷(100mL)和水(100mL),加入X-1-3(4.0g)和X-1-B(6.0g)。攪拌1小時後,除去水層,用0.1mol/L鹽酸(100mL)和水(100mL)洗滌有機層。蒸餾掉溶媒,得到X-1(7.9g)(產率95%)。Mix dichloromethane (100 mL) and water (100 mL), add X-1-3 (4.0 g) and X-1-B (6.0 g). After stirring for 1 hour, the aqueous layer was removed, and the organic layer was washed with 0.1 mol/L hydrochloric acid (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The solvent was distilled off to obtain X-1 (7.9 g) (yield 95%).

以與X-1相同的方式合成其他化合物(N)。The other compound (N) was synthesized in the same manner as X-1.

<樹脂(A)> 作為樹脂(A),使用A-1~A-25。 表1示出每個樹脂中所包含的各重複單元的含量(莫耳%)、重量平均分子量(Mw)及分散度(Mw/Mn)。 重複單元的含量為各樹脂所包含的各重複單元相對於全部重複單元的比率(莫耳比)。 在表1中,各樹脂的重複單元的含量的值對應於如下所示的各樹脂的結構式中的重複單元的記載順序。例如,A-1的左側的重複單元的含量為25莫耳%,中央的重複單元的含量為30莫耳%,右側的重複單元的含量為45莫耳%。 樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)及分散度(Mw/Mn)藉由GPC(載體:四氫呋喃(THF))測定(為聚苯乙烯換算量)。又,重複單元之含量藉由 13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance,核磁共振)測定。 <Resin (A)> As the resin (A), A-1 to A-25 were used. Table 1 shows the content (mole %), weight average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of each repeating unit contained in each resin. The repeating unit content is the ratio (molar ratio) of each repeating unit contained in each resin to all the repeating units. In Table 1, the value of the content of the repeating unit of each resin corresponds to the description order of the repeating unit in the structural formula of each resin shown below. For example, in A-1, the content of the repeating unit on the left is 25 mol%, the content of the repeating unit in the center is 30 mol%, and the content of the repeating unit on the right is 45 mol%. The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (the amount in terms of polystyrene). In addition, the content of the repeating unit was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance, nuclear magnetic resonance).

[化學式98]

Figure 02_image181
[chemical formula 98]
Figure 02_image181

[化學式99]

Figure 02_image183
[chemical formula 99]
Figure 02_image183

[化學式100]

Figure 02_image185
[chemical formula 100]
Figure 02_image185

[化學式101]

Figure 02_image187
[chemical formula 101]
Figure 02_image187

[化學式102]

Figure 02_image189
[chemical formula 102]
Figure 02_image189

[表1]

Figure 02_image191
[Table 1]
Figure 02_image191

<光酸產生劑(B)> 作為光酸產生劑(B),使用B-1~B-11。 <Photoacid generator (B)> As the photoacid generator (B), B-1 to B-11 were used.

[化學式103]

Figure 02_image193
[chemical formula 103]
Figure 02_image193

[化學式104]

Figure 02_image195
[chemical formula 104]
Figure 02_image195

<酸擴散控制劑> 作為酸擴散控制劑,使用C-1~C-7。 <Acid diffusion control agent> As the acid diffusion control agent, C-1 to C-7 were used.

[化學式105]

Figure 02_image197
[chemical formula 105]
Figure 02_image197

<疏水性樹脂> 作為疏水性樹脂,使用下述表2中所示的D-1~D-6。 表2示出每個樹脂中所包含的各重複單元的種類及含量(莫耳%)、重量平均分子量(Mw)及分散度(Mw/Mn)。重複單元之含量為各樹脂所包含的各重複單元相對於全部重複單元的比率(莫耳比)。藉由相應單體的結構示出各重複單元的種類。 樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)及分散度(Mw/Mn)藉由GPC(載體:四氫呋喃(THF))測定(為聚苯乙烯換算量)。又,重複單元的含量藉由 13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance,核磁共振)測定。 <Hydrophobic resin> As the hydrophobic resin, D-1 to D-6 shown in Table 2 below were used. Table 2 shows the type and content (mol %), weight average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of each repeating unit contained in each resin. The repeating unit content is the ratio (molar ratio) of each repeating unit contained in each resin to all the repeating units. The kind of each repeating unit is shown by the structure of the corresponding monomer. The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (the amount in terms of polystyrene). In addition, the repeating unit content was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance, nuclear magnetic resonance).

[表2]

Figure 02_image199
[Table 2]
Figure 02_image199

與構成表2所示的疏水性樹脂的各重複單元對應的單體ME-1~ME-13的結構如下所示。The structures of monomers ME-1 to ME-13 corresponding to the respective repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin shown in Table 2 are shown below.

[化學式106]

Figure 02_image201
[chemical formula 106]
Figure 02_image201

<界面活性劑> 作為表面活性劑,使用E-1~E-3。 E-1:MEGAFAC F176(DIC(股)製、氟系界面活性劑) E-2:MEGAFAC R08(DIC(股)製、氟及矽系界面活性劑) E-3:PF656(OMNOVA公司製,氟系界面活性劑) <Surfactant> As surfactants, E-1 to E-3 were used. E-1: MEGAFAC F176 (manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd., fluorine-based surfactant) E-2: MEGAFAC R08 (manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd., fluorine and silicon-based surfactant) E-3: PF656 (manufactured by OMNOVA, fluorine-based surfactant)

<溶劑> 作為溶劑,使用F-1~F-9。 F-1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) F-2:丙二醇單甲醚(PGME) F-3:丙二醇單乙醚(PGEE) F-4:環己酮 F-5:環戊酮 F-6:2-庚酮 F-7:乳酸乙酯 F-8:γ-丁內酯 F-9:碳酸丙烯酯 <Solvent> As solvents, F-1 to F-9 were used. F-1: Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate (PGMEA) F-2: Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether (PGME) F-3: Propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) F-4: Cyclohexanone F-5: Cyclopentanone F-6: 2-heptanone F-7: ethyl lactate F-8: γ-butyrolactone F-9: Propylene carbonate

[光阻組成物的製備] 將下述表3及表4所示的各成分混合成使固體成分濃度成為2質量%。接著,將得到的混合液按照首先藉由孔徑為50nm的聚乙烯製過濾器,其次藉由孔徑為10nm的尼龍製過濾器,最後藉由孔徑為5nm的聚乙烯製過濾器的順序進行過濾,由此製備了光阻組成物(Re-1~Re-40)。在光阻組成物中,固體成分是指溶劑以外的所有成分。 在表3和表4中,化合物(N)、樹脂(A)、光酸產生劑(B)、酸擴散控制劑、疏水性樹脂和界面活性劑的含量(質量%)是指相對於光阻組成物的全部固體成份的以質量計的含量比。溶劑的混合比是指全部溶劑為100時各溶劑的比率(質量比)。 當使用兩種以上的各成分時,各種類和含量用「/」分隔。例如,光阻組成物Re-23中的「X-5/X-17」表示使用了X-5和X-17兩種作為化合物(N),「10.3/15.4」表示X-5的含量為10.3質量%,X-17的含量為15.4質量%。 將得到的光阻組成物用於實施例及比較例中。 [Preparation of Photoresist Composition] Each component shown in the following Table 3 and Table 4 was mixed so that the solid content concentration might become 2 mass %. Next, the obtained mixed solution is filtered through a polyethylene filter with a pore diameter of 50 nm, then a nylon filter with a pore diameter of 10 nm, and finally a polyethylene filter with a pore diameter of 5 nm. Thus, resist compositions (Re-1 to Re-40) were prepared. In the photoresist composition, the solid content refers to all components except the solvent. In Table 3 and Table 4, the content (mass %) of compound (N), resin (A), photoacid generator (B), acid diffusion control agent, hydrophobic resin, and surfactant refers to relative to photoresist The content ratio by mass of all solid components of the composition. The mixing ratio of solvents refers to the ratio (mass ratio) of each solvent when all solvents are 100%. When two or more components are used, separate the types and contents with "/". For example, "X-5/X-17" in the photoresist composition Re-23 means that X-5 and X-17 are used as compound (N), and "10.3/15.4" means that the content of X-5 is 10.3% by mass, and the content of X-17 was 15.4% by mass. The obtained photoresist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.

[表3]

Figure 02_image203
[table 3]
Figure 02_image203

[表4]

Figure 02_image205
[Table 4]
Figure 02_image205

[圖案形成(1):EUV曝光、鹼性顯影] 在矽晶圓上塗佈下層膜形成用組成物AL412(Brewer Science公司製),在205℃下烘烤60秒鐘,形成膜厚20nm的下層膜。在下層膜上塗佈表5所示的光阻組成物,在100℃下烘烤60秒鐘,形成膜厚30nm的光阻膜。 使用EUV曝光裝置(Exitech公司製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupole(四極)、外西格瑪0.68、內西格瑪0.36),對具有所得的光阻膜的矽晶圓進行圖案照射。作為標線片(reticle),使用線尺寸=14nm、且線:空間=1:1的遮罩。 將曝光後的光阻膜在90℃下烘烤60秒鐘後,用氫氧化四甲基銨水溶液(2.38質量%)顯影30秒鐘,接下來,用純水沖洗30秒鐘。之後,將其進行旋轉乾燥,得到正型的圖案。 [Pattern formation (1): EUV exposure, alkaline development] An underlayer film-forming composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was coated on a silicon wafer, and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form an underlayer film with a film thickness of 20 nm. The photoresist composition shown in Table 5 was coated on the lower layer film, and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds to form a photoresist film with a film thickness of 30 nm. The silicon wafer having the obtained photoresist film was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure apparatus (manufactured by Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupole (quadrupole), outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36). As a reticle, a mask with a line size=14 nm and a line:space=1:1 was used. After the exposed photoresist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, it was developed with a tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (2.38% by mass) for 30 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. After that, it was spin-dried to obtain a positive pattern.

[圖案形狀的評價(EUV曝光、鹼性顯影)] 觀察線寬為平均14nm的線圖案的截面形狀,使用測長掃描電子顯微鏡(SEM(股)日立製作所S-9380II)測定光阻圖案的底部的圖案線寬Lb和光阻圖案的上部的圖案線寬La, 0.98<(La/Lb)≤1.03時,評價為「A」, 1.03<(La/Lb)≤1.06時,評價為「B」, 1.06<(La/Lb)≤1.10時,評價為「C」, 1.10<(La/Lb)≤1.14時,評價為「D」, (La/Lb)>1.14時,評價為「E」。 [Evaluation of pattern shape (EUV exposure, alkaline development)] Observe the cross-sectional shape of a line pattern with an average line width of 14 nm, and measure the pattern line width Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern and the pattern line width at the top of the resist pattern using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM Co., Ltd., Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380II) La, When 0.98<(La/Lb)≤1.03, the evaluation is "A", When 1.03<(La/Lb)≤1.06, the evaluation is "B", When 1.06<(La/Lb)≤1.10, the evaluation is "C", When 1.10<(La/Lb)≤1.14, the evaluation is "D", When (La/Lb)>1.14, the evaluation was "E".

[表5]

Figure 02_image207
[table 5]
Figure 02_image207

[圖案形成(2):EUV曝光、有機溶劑顯影] 在矽晶圓上塗佈下層膜形成用組成物AL412(Brewer Science公司製),在205℃下烘烤60秒鐘,形成膜厚20nm的下層膜。在下層上塗佈表6所示的光阻組成物,在100℃下烘烤60秒鐘,形成膜厚30nm的光阻膜。 使用EUV曝光裝置(Exitech公司製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupole、外西格瑪0.68、內西格瑪0.36),對具有所得的光阻膜的矽晶圓進行圖案照射。作為標線片,使用線尺寸=14nm、且線:空間=1:1的遮罩。 將曝光後的光阻膜在90℃下烘烤60秒鐘後,用乙酸正丁酯顯影30秒鐘,將其進行旋轉乾燥,得到負型的圖案。 [Pattern formation (2): EUV exposure, organic solvent development] An underlayer film-forming composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was coated on a silicon wafer, and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form an underlayer film with a film thickness of 20 nm. The photoresist composition shown in Table 6 was coated on the lower layer, and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds to form a photoresist film with a film thickness of 30 nm. The silicon wafer having the obtained photoresist film was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure apparatus (manufactured by Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36). As the reticle, a mask with line size=14 nm and line:space=1:1 was used. The exposed photoresist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, developed with n-butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and then spin-dried to obtain a negative pattern.

[圖案形狀的評價(EUV曝光、有機溶劑顯影)] 觀察線寬為平均14nm的線圖案的截面形狀,使用測長掃描電子顯微鏡(SEM(股)日立製作所S-9380II)測定光阻圖案的底部的圖案線寬Lb和光阻圖案的上部的圖案線寬La, 0.98<(La/Lb)≤1.03時,評價為「A」, 1.03<(La/Lb)≤1.06時,評價為「B」, 1.06<(La/Lb)≤1.10時,評價為「C」, 1.10<(La/Lb)≤1.14時,評價為「D」, (La/Lb)>1.14時,評價為「E」。 [Evaluation of pattern shape (EUV exposure, organic solvent development)] Observe the cross-sectional shape of a line pattern with an average line width of 14 nm, and measure the pattern line width Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern and the pattern line width at the top of the resist pattern using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM Co., Ltd., Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380II) La, When 0.98<(La/Lb)≤1.03, the evaluation is "A", When 1.03<(La/Lb)≤1.06, the evaluation is "B", When 1.06<(La/Lb)≤1.10, the evaluation is "C", When 1.10<(La/Lb)≤1.14, the evaluation is "D", When (La/Lb)>1.14, the evaluation was "E".

[表6]

Figure 02_image209
[Table 6]
Figure 02_image209

從表5和表6中的結果可以看出,實施例的光阻組成物在極微細圖案形成中能夠形成圖案形狀優異的圖案。 [產業上之可利用性] From the results in Table 5 and Table 6, it can be seen that the photoresist composition of the example can form a pattern excellent in the pattern shape in the ultrafine pattern formation. [Industrial availability]

根據本發明,能夠提供一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的製造方法,其能夠在極微細(例如,線寬為14nm以下的1:1線與空間圖案等)的圖案形成中形成圖案形狀優異的圖案。此外,根據本發明,能夠提供一種使用上述感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物的光阻膜、圖案形成方法及電子器件的製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing an actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming an extremely fine pattern (for example, a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 14 nm or less, etc.) A pattern with excellent pattern shape. Furthermore, according to the present invention, there can be provided a photoresist film using the above-mentioned actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a method for forming a pattern, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.

儘管詳細地且參照特定實施態樣對本發明進行了說明,但對於本領域技術人員而言,顯而易見地能夠在不脫離本發明之精神和範圍的情況下進行各種改變和修改。 本申請係基於2021年9月29日提交的日本專利申請(特願2021-160154),其內容作為參照併入本文中。 Although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to specific embodiments, it is obvious for those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. This application is based on Japanese Patent Application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-160154) filed on September 29, 2021, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (14)

一種感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其含有: 含有選自由下述通式(N1)表示的陽離子和由下述通式(N2)表示的陽離子所組成的群組中的至少一種的化合物(N);以及 藉由酸的作用分解而極性增大的樹脂(A),
Figure 03_image001
Figure 03_image003
通式(N1)及通式(N2)中, Ar N1和Ar N3分別獨立地表示構成芳香環的至少一個碳原子上鍵結有至少一個由下述通式(N3)表示的取代基的芳香族基, Ar N2表示具有選自由有機基和鹵素原子所組成的群組中的至少一種作為取代基的芳香族基,其中,Ar N2是與Ar N1不同的基團, R N1和R N2分別獨立地表示有機基, k1+k2+k3為3,k1表示1~3的整數,k2表示0~2的整數,k3表示0或1,其中,當k1表示1時,k2表示1或2, Ar N1、Ar N2和R N1中的至少兩個可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環, 存在複數個Ar N1時,複數個Ar N1可以相同,亦可以不同, 存在複數個Ar N2時,複數個Ar N2可以相同,亦可以不同, k4+k5為2,k4表示1或2,k5表示0或1, 存在複數個Ar N3時,複數個Ar N3可以相同,亦可以不同, Ar N3和R N2、或兩個Ar N3可以藉由單鍵或連結基鍵結而形成環,
Figure 03_image005
通式(N3)中, Y N1表示氧原子或硫原子, Z N1表示由以下通式(N4)或(N5)表示的基團, *表示鍵結位置,
Figure 03_image007
通式(N4)中, R N3和R N4分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、氟化烷基或烷基,該烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代, *表示鍵結位置,
Figure 03_image009
通式(N5)中, Rf N1表示全氟烷基, R N5表示氟化烷基或烷基,該烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代, R N6表示氫原子、氟化烷基或烷基,該烷基中所含的至少一個-CH 2-可以被-CO-取代, *表示鍵結位置。
An actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising: at least one selected from the group consisting of cations represented by the following general formula (N1) and cations represented by the following general formula (N2) compound (N); and a resin (A) whose polarity is increased by decomposition by the action of an acid,
Figure 03_image001
Figure 03_image003
In the general formula (N1) and the general formula (N2), Ar N1 and Ar N3 independently represent aromatic rings having at least one substituent represented by the following general formula (N3) bonded to at least one carbon atom constituting the aromatic ring. Ar N2 represents an aromatic group having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of organic groups and halogen atoms, wherein Ar N2 is a group different from Ar N1 , and R N1 and R N2 are respectively independently represents an organic group, k1+k2+k3 is 3, k1 represents an integer of 1 to 3, k2 represents an integer of 0 to 2, k3 represents 0 or 1, wherein, when k1 represents 1, k2 represents 1 or 2, At least two of Ar N1 , Ar N2 , and R N1 can form a ring through a single bond or a linking group. When there are multiple Ar N1 , the multiple Ar N1 can be the same or different. There are multiple Ar N2 When there are multiple Ar N2 , the multiple Ar N2 can be the same or different, k4+k5 is 2, k4 means 1 or 2, k5 means 0 or 1, when there are multiple Ar N3 , the multiple Ar N3 can be the same or different, Ar N3 and R N2 , or two Ar N3 can be bonded by a single bond or a linking group to form a ring,
Figure 03_image005
In the general formula (N3), Y N1 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, Z N1 represents a group represented by the following general formula (N4) or (N5), * represents a bonding position,
Figure 03_image007
In the general formula (N4), R N3 and R N4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a fluorinated alkyl group or an alkyl group, and at least one -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-, *Indicates the bonding position,
Figure 03_image009
In the general formula (N5), Rf N1 represents a perfluoroalkyl group, R N5 represents a fluorinated alkyl or alkyl group, at least one -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group can be replaced by -CO-, R N6 represents hydrogen atom, fluorinated alkyl group or alkyl group, at least one -CH 2 - contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -CO-, * indicates the bonding position.
如請求項1所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,該通式(N4)中的R N3表示氟原子或氟化烷基。 The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to Claim 1, wherein R N3 in the general formula (N4) represents a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group. 如請求項1所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,該通式(N5)中的R N5表示氟化烷基。 The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein R N5 in the general formula (N5) represents a fluorinated alkyl group. 如請求項1或2所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,該通式(N3)中的Z N1表示由該通式(N4)表示的基團。 The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein Z N1 in the general formula (N3) represents a group represented by the general formula (N4). 如請求項1至3中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,該通式(N1)中的Ar N2表示具有選自由鹵素原子和含有鹵素原子的有機基所組成的群組中的至少一個作為取代基的芳香族基。 The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein Ar N2 in the general formula (N1) represents an organic group selected from halogen atoms and halogen atoms At least one aromatic group as a substituent in the group formed. 如請求項1至3中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,該通式(N1)中的Ar N2表示具有選自由氟原子和含有氟原子的有機基所組成的群組中的至少一個作為取代基的芳香族基。 The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Ar N2 in the general formula (N1) represents an organic group selected from fluorine atoms and fluorine atoms At least one aromatic group as a substituent in the group formed. 如請求項1至3中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,該化合物(N)含有至少一個由該通式(N1)表示的陽離子。The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound (N) contains at least one cation represented by the general formula (N1). 如請求項1至3中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,該通式(N1)和(N2)中的Ar N1和Ar N3分別獨立地表示由下述通式(N6)表示的基團,
Figure 03_image011
通式(N6)中, R N7~R N11分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基或由該通式(N3)表示的取代基,其中,R N7~R N11中的至少一個表示由該通式(N3)表示的取代基, *表示鍵結位置。
The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein Ar N1 and Ar N3 in the general formulas (N1) and (N2) are independently represented by the following The group represented by the general formula (N6),
Figure 03_image011
In the general formula (N6), R N7 to R N11 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a substituent represented by the general formula (N3), wherein, in R N7 to R N11 At least one represents a substituent represented by the general formula (N3), and * represents a bonding position.
如請求項1至3中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,該化合物(N)具有選自由下述通式(N7)表示的基團、*-SO 3 -和*-CO 2 -所組成的群組中的至少一種,
Figure 03_image013
L N1和L N2分別獨立地表示-SO 2-或-CO-, *表示鍵結位置。
The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of Claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound (N) has a group selected from the group represented by the following general formula (N7), *-SO 3 - and *-CO 2 -at least one of the group consisting of,
Figure 03_image013
L N1 and L N2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-, and * represents a bonding position.
如請求項1至3中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物,其中,該感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物還含有溶劑且固體成分濃度為0.5~14.0質量%。The actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a solvent and has a solid content concentration of 0.5 to 14.0 quality%. 一種光阻膜,其使用請求項1至10中任一項所述的感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成。A photoresist film formed using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in any one of Claims 1 to 10. 一種圖案形成方法,其包括: 使用請求項1至10中任一項所述之感光化射線性或感放射線性樹脂組成物在基板上形成光阻膜的製程; 曝光該光阻膜的製程;以及 使用顯影劑對經曝光的該光阻膜進行顯影的製程。 A pattern forming method, comprising: A process for forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the actinic radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described in any one of Claims 1 to 10; the process of exposing the photoresist film; and A process of developing the exposed photoresist film with a developer. 如請求項12所述之圖案形成方法,其中,該對該光阻膜進行曝光的製程是對該光阻膜進行EUV曝光的製程。The pattern forming method according to claim 12, wherein the process of exposing the photoresist film is a process of exposing the photoresist film by EUV. 一種電子器件的製造方法,其包括請求項12或13所述之圖案形成方法。A method of manufacturing an electronic device, which includes the pattern forming method described in claim 12 or 13.
TW111136819A 2021-09-29 2022-09-28 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method TW202323231A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-160154 2021-09-29
JP2021160154 2021-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202323231A true TW202323231A (en) 2023-06-16

Family

ID=85780666

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111136819A TW202323231A (en) 2021-09-29 2022-09-28 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2023054127A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202323231A (en)
WO (1) WO2023054127A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2023154220A (en) * 2022-04-06 2023-10-19 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and resist pattern forming method

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4612999B2 (en) * 2003-10-08 2011-01-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Positive resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
WO2018168260A1 (en) * 2017-03-13 2018-09-20 富士フイルム株式会社 Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2020054275A1 (en) * 2018-09-13 2020-03-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
JP7373470B2 (en) * 2019-09-19 2023-11-02 信越化学工業株式会社 Composition for forming silicon-containing resist underlayer film and pattern forming method
JP2021091666A (en) * 2019-12-11 2021-06-17 信越化学工業株式会社 Onium salt compound, chemically amplified resist composition and patterning method
JP7255472B2 (en) * 2019-12-12 2023-04-11 信越化学工業株式会社 Onium salt compound, chemically amplified resist composition and pattern forming method
JP7367185B2 (en) * 2020-03-30 2023-10-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, resist film, electronic device manufacturing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023054127A1 (en) 2023-04-06
JPWO2023054127A1 (en) 2023-04-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR20240021282A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method
TW202323231A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202314382A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for producing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, resin, and method for producing resin
TW202340132A (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and production method for electronic device
TW202321322A (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
TW202340276A (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JP7434592B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022158323A1 (en) Pattern formation method and method for producing electronic device
TW202328064A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
TW202331415A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
TW202306948A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202323327A (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
TW202311211A (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound
KR20240096807A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202340163A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202340141A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound
TW202306947A (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound
TW202311215A (en) Method for producing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic element, and method for producing onium salt comprising an onium salt containing an anion having a pKa of conjugate acid of 2.0 or more and having excellent LWR performance after etching
WO2022202345A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
TW202321323A (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
KR20240103044A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
TW202411275A (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202342439A (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
TW202402725A (en) Resin composition, film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2024024844A1 (en) Method for producing active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for producing onium salt compound for active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and onium salt composition